HENRY  MILLS  KURD 


i^tH^i^j;!!t'i'^ii!-:ii>:i^l:fcHUisi\;': 


CULLEN 


mim 


i*ttUV,»;i:\''!'j»i!'>  ■;•!'•  t"'"'  '■'■■■■■  •\ 


THE  LIBRARIES 


t^liX      ^c^.^ 


•  ^y   /f  ^^  . 


\ 


K 


K>uuu^  m .  Ku^JU 


HENRY  MILLS  KURD 


THE  FIRST  SUPERINTENDENT  OF 
THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  HOSPITAL 


BY 


THOMAS  STEPHEN  CULLEN 


The  Johns  Hopkins  Press 

Baltimore 

1920 

,        >     .                    .,'■.''' 

t        t     ,               ■      ■         '                   '                                    ' 

<*    T   ,  '•'     *, 


^i-l'flbf- 


Z^e  iovh  ^afttmere  (pvtge 


i 

BAI/TIMOB£V  MO.,   n.   8.   A.  ) 


PEEFACE 

I  have  written  this  article  at  the  request  of  Judge  Henry  D. 
Harlan,  president  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Hospital, 
and  of  Mr.  George  K.  McGaw,  one  of  the  trustees  of  the  hospi- 
tal— one  of  Dr.  Hurd's  warmest  friends  and  the  donor  of  a 
large  sum  of  money  towards  the  erection  of  the  Henry  M. 
Hurd  Library  Building  which  is  to  be  on  the  hospital  grounds. 

It  was  my  good  fortune  to  come  to  the  hospital  in  1891,  just 
two  years  after  it  opened.  In  my  early  years  I  viewed  Dr. 
Hurd's  work  from  the  immature  standpoint  of  the  junior 
intern,  later  as  a  senior  house  officer,  and  for  at  least  15  years 
Dr.  Hurd  has  been  one  of  my  very  best  friends. 

It  has  been  a  delight  to  browse  through  his  early  writings, 
to  digest  the  chief  events  of  the  hospital  as  they  were  sketched 
by  him  in  the  yearly  reports,  and  to  epitomize  the  results  of 
his  labors  since  he  retired  from  the  active  management  of  the 
hospital  in  1911.  I  had  always  looked  upon  Dr.  Hurd  as  an 
indefatigable  worker,  but  until  now  I  have  never  had  the 
slightest  conception  of  the  tremendous  amount  he  has  accom- 
plished and  of  how  largely  he  has  been  responsible  for  the 
phenomenal  success  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 

The  addition  of  "  Some  Random  Recollections "  written 
by  Dr.  Hurd  himself  will  undoubtedly  prove  of  interest  to 
his  many  friends. 

TH03O.S  S'.   CULLEN. 


(3) 


V 


CONTENTS' 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.  Earlier  Life 9 

II.  Papers  on  Psychiatry  Prior  to  Residence  in  Baltimore . .  13 

III.  First  Superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital..  16 

IV.  Extracts  from  Annual  Report  of  the  Hospital,  1889 19 

V.  Extracts  from  Annual  Reports,  1890-1897 31 

VI.  Extracts  from  Annual  Reports,  1898-1905 43 

VII.  Extracts  from  Annual  Reports,  1905-1911 55 

VIII.  Relations  with  the  Hospital  Staff 63 

IX.  Papers  Published  while  Superintendent  of  the  Hospital.  69 
X.  Papers  Published  while  Superintendent  of  the  Hospital 

(Concluded)   81 

XI.  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Hospital 93 

XII.  Books  written  by  Henry  M.  Hurd 100 

XIII.  Summary 113 

XIV.  Death  of  George  Keen  McGaw 117 

XV.  Some  Random  Recollections  by  Henry  M.  Hurd 119 

Bibliography   137 


i5) 


ILLUSTEATIONS 

FACING 
PAGE 

Henry  M.  Hurd  Frontispiece 

Henry  M.  Hurd,  1889   16 

Henry  M.  Hurd  and  George  Keen  McGaw   118 

Family  Groups,  1849  and  1853 120 

Family  Groups,  1863  and  1868    124 

Family  Group,  1870,  and  Henry  M.  Hurd,  1874   130 


«7^  1 

I 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 

THE    FIEST    STJPEEINTENDENT    OF   THE   JOHNS 

HOPKINS  HOSPITAL 

By  THOMAS  S.  CULLEN 

Chaptee  I 
DR.  HURD'S  EARLIER  LIFE 

The  subject  of  this  sketch,  probably  the  best  known  hospital 
superintendent  in  the  United  States,  an  expert  on  hospital 
organization  and  management,  professor  of  psychiatry,  author 
and  editor,  was  a  product  of  Michigan,  a  state  that  has 
furnished  many  well-known  figures  in  American  medicine. 

Shortly  after  Dr.  Hurd  came  to  Baltimore  a  charming 
sketch  of  his  early  life  and  of  his  manifold  activities  in  Kala- 
mazoo and  Pontiac  appeared  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  C.  B.  Burr, 
his  successor  at  the  Eastern  Michigan  Asylum  at  Pontiac. 
This  tribute  appeared  in  the  American  Journal  of  Insanity, 
1899,  Vol.  46,  p.  303.  As  it  cannot  be  improved  upon  I  shall 
give  it  in  detail : 

Henry  M.  Hurd,  A.  M.,  M.  D.,  the  recently  appointed  director 
of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore,  and  the  subject  of  our 
photogravure,  was  born  May  3,  1843,  at  Union  City,  Branch  Co., 
Michigan.  His  parents,  Theodore  C.  and  Ellen  E.  (Hammond) 
Hurd,  were  of  New  England  (Connecticut)  stock.  His  father,  a 
pioneer  physician,  came  to  Michigan  in  1834;  and,  worn  out  by 
laborious  practice  amid  the  hardships  and  privations  of  pioneer 
life  in  a  malarious  country,  died  at  the  early  age  of  39,  leaving 
a  wife  and  three  little  boys. 

(9) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


His  mother  remarried  in  1848,  and  in  1854  the  family  removed 
to  Galesburg,  111.  In  1858  he  entered  Knox  College,  where  he 
spent  two  years.  Subsequently  he  devoted  a  year  to  teaching  and 
general  study,  and  in  1861  entered  the  junior  class  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan.  He  graduated  from  the  university  in  1863,  and 
in  the  same  year  began  the  study  of  medicine  with  his  stepfather, 
who  was  also  a  physician.  He  attended  lectures  at  the  Rush 
Medical  College,  Chicago,  and  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  and 
graduated  from  the  department  of  medicine  and  surgery  of  the 
university  in  1866.  The  year  following  graduation  he  spent  in 
New  York  in  study  and  hospital  work.  Subsequently  he  removed 
to  Chicago,  where  he  engaged  in  dispensary  and  general  practice 
for  two  years.  It  was  during  the  time  of  his  residence  in  Chicago, 
in  1870,  that  he  received  the  appointment  of  assistant  physician 
to  the  Michigan  Asylum  for  the  Insane  at  Kalamazoo,  and  entered 
that  field  of  medical  practice  in  which  he  has  achieved  so  much 
distinction.  He  served  the  asylum  in  the  capacity  of  assistant 
physician  for  eight  years,  at  the  end  of  which  time  he  became 
assistant  superintendent.  On  the  opening  of  the  Eastern  Michigan 
Asylum  at  Pontiac  in  the  fall  of  the  same  year  he  was  appointed 
its  first  superintendent,  and  occupied  this  position  continuously 
for  11  years.  Possessing  rare  skill  as  an  organizer,  broad  cul- 
ture, literary  attainments  of  a  high  order,  a  thorough  medical 
training  and  a  long  asylum  and  hospital  experience,  he  brought 
to  the  work  of  organizing  the  Eastern  Michigan  Asylum  those 
qualities  which  enabled  him  to  place  it  at  once  among  the  progres- 
sive asylums  of  the  country.  He  early  identified  himself  with 
the  Association  of  Medical  Superintendents,  and  was  an  earnest, 
faithful  and  zealous  member  of  this  body. 

During  the  period  of  his  administration  of  affairs  of  the  Eastern 
Michigan  Asylum  he  has  seen  the  treatment  of  the  insane 
revolutionized.  For  the  abolition  of  restraint,  the  employment  of 
the  insane,  the  extension  of  the  system  of  night-nursing,  the  de- 
velopment of  the  "  cottage  plan,"  and  the  introduction  of  home 
comforts  into  the  dull,  unattractive  institutional  life  of  previous 
years,  he  has  been  an  ardent  and  enthusiastic  advocate.  To  him, 
perhaps,  as  much  aa  to  any  other  man  among  the  present  genera- 


(10) 


EARLIER  HISTORY 


tion  of  alienists  in  this  country,  is  due  the  rapid  growth  of  pro- 
gressive methods  in  the  care  of  the  insane,  and  the  advanced  posi- 
tion which  American  psychiatry  is  taking.  His  mental  culture, 
which  enabled  him  to  grasp  intricate  problems  in  all  their  details, 
his  philanthropic  instincts,  his  ready  sympathies  and  his  keen 
insight  into  the  needs  of  the  insane,  conjoined  with  the  quick  per- 
ception of  the  skilled  physician,  made  him  an  ideal  asylum  super- 
intendent. His  personal  presence  was  inspiring;  he  infused  his 
own  spirit  of  tireless  energy  among  his  subordinates,  he  unified 
his  staff  and  his  corps  of  employes,  and  could  always  rely  upon 
their  thorough  cooperation.  In  1881  he  visited  Europe  for  travel 
and  investigation  in  the  special  lines  of  work  in  which  he  was 
engaged.  The  results  of  this  trip  were  the  subject  of  a  special 
communication  to  the  joint  Boards  of  Trustees  of  the  Michigan 
asylums,  and  were  published  in  connection  with  the  biennial  re- 
port of  the  Eastern  Michigan  Asylum  for  1882.  His  writings 
upon  the  subject  of  mental  medicine  have  been  voluminous  and 
of  a  high  order.  Aside  from  the  numerous  papers  published  in 
the  American  Journal  of  Insanity,  as  reference  to  its  files  for 
the  past  11  years  will  show,  many  of  great  merit  have  appeared 
elsewhere. 

Among  his  recent  and  most  scholarly  productions  is  his  presi- 
dential address  in  1889  before  the  alumni  association  of  the  medi- 
cal department  of  the  University  of  Michigan,  on  "  The  Mental 
Hygiene  of  Physicians."  His  reports  of  the  Eastern  Michigan 
Asylum  are  written  in  a  masterly  and  finished  style,  and  have 
been  warmly  received  and  favorably  noticed  by  the  profession  of 
this  and  foreign  countries.  He  was  a  vice-president  of  the  Ninth 
International  Medical  Congress,  is  a  member  of  the  Michigan 
State  Medical  Society  and  of  the  Detroit  Academy  of  Medicine, 
and  is  corresponding  member  of  the  Detroit  Medical  and  Library 
Association. 

In  June  of  the  present  year  there  came  to  him,  without  previ- 
ous intimation,  the  tender  of  the  position  of  director  of  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital.  The  offer  came  as  a  gratifying  surprise,  but 
he  hesitated  to  accept  it.  He  was  reluctant  to  relinquish  the 
work  to  which  he  had  devoted  his  best  years,  to  separate  himself 


(11) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


from  his  patients — many  of  whom  had  long  been  objects  of  his 
care  and  solicitude — and  from  friends  endeared  to  him  by  the 
strongest  ties.  He  hesitated  to  abandon  the  work  in  which  he  had 
been  so  long  and  successfully  engaged,  and  in  which  the  prospects 
for  future  usefulness  opened  wide  and  ever  wider  before  him; 
but  considerations,  paramount  among  which  were  the  increased 
opportunities  for  the  education  of  his  children,  constrained  him 
to  accept  the  position. 

By  mental  endowments  and  education  he  is  peculiarly  well 
fitted  for  the  responsible  and  delicate  duties  of  a  hospital  direc- 
tor. He  is  thoroughly  deserving  of  his  recent  very  great  honor, 
and  will  adorn  the  position  to  which  he  has  been  called;  but  as 
we  write  these  lines,  the  feeling  returns  with  ever-increasing  force, 
that  in  the  gain  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  the  profession  of 
psychiatry  sustains  an  irreparable  loss,  and  the  asylum  system  of 
Michigan  is  deprived  of  its  most  illustrious  exponent. 

When  Dr.  Hurd  came  to  Baltimore  to  see  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital  and  to  meet  the  trustees  of  the  hospital  one  of 
the  trustees  from  the  Eastern  Michigan  Asylum  at  Pontiac 
came  with  him  with  the  intention  of  urging  his  superintendent 
to  decline  the  call.  After  he  had  met  the  trustees  and  had 
visited  the  hospital  he  turned  to  Dr.  Hurd  and  said :  "  My 
object  in  coming  with  you  w^as  to  see  that  you  returned  to 
Michigan,  but  I  have  changed  my  mind.  If  they  offer  you  this 
position  and  you  do  not  accept  it,  you  will  make  the  mistake  of 
your  life.'^ 


Ul-M 


EARLY  PAPERS  ON  PSYCHIATRY 


Chapter  II 

PAPEES  ON  PSYCHIATKY  PUBLISHED  BY 

DR.  HURD  PRIOR  TO  HIS  COMING 

TO  BALTIMORE 

Amid  his  many  asylum  duties  Dr.  Hurd  found  time  to  do 
much  writing  and,  as  intimated  by  Dr.  Burr,  contributed  a 
great  deal  to  our  knowledge  of  insanity.  In  1880  he  published 
a  paper  on  "  Recent  Judicial  Decisions  in  Michigan  Relative 
to  Insanity. ^^  This  was  followed  in  1881  by  "A  Plea  for 
Systematic  Therapeutical,  Clinical  and  Statistical  Study."  In 
this  paper  Dr.  Hurd  carefully  analyzed  the  methods  employed 
in  the  various  asylums  and  clearly  pointed  out  where  improve- 
ments might  with  much  profit  be  inaugurated.  On  page  11  he 
says: 

Much  of  the  present  statistical  information  contained  in  the 
published  reports  of  the  institutions  for  the  insane  is  unsatisfac- 
tory. There  are  tables  enough,  but  they  lack  uniformity,  pre- 
cision in  statement  and  practical  utility. 

Their  lack  of  uniformity  is  well  illustrated  by  the  varying  num- 
ber of  tables  given  in  different  reports,  taken  at  random  from 
a  package  before  me. 

In  concluding  this  article  Dr.  Hurd  says : 

In  this  earnest  plea  for  more  systematic  therapeutical,  clinical 
and  statistical  inquiries,  I  would  not  be  understood  as  criticizing 
the  thorough  work  now  done  In  connection  with  asylums.  I  have 
merely  attempted  to  point  out  the  necessity  for  further  progress, 
and  have  suggested  methods  which  would  tend  to  increase  the 
eflBlciency  of  asylum  work. 

(13) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


In  1882  Dr.  Hurd  published  papers  on  "  Practical  Sug- 
gestions Eelative  to  the  Treatment  of  Insanity  "  and  "  The 
Treatment  of  Periodic  Insanity." 

At  a  sanitary  convention  held  in  Pontiac  in  January,  1883, 
Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  most  interesting  address  on  "  The  Hereditary 
Influence  of  Alcoholic  Indulgence  Upon  the  Production  of 
Insanity."  His  views  as  expressed  36  years  ago  tally  so  well 
with  our  present  conception  of  this  most  important  subject 
that  I  quote  his  conclusions : 

In  the  foregoing  paper  I  have  endeavored  to  show  that  in- 
ebriety in  parents  is  a  frequent  cause  of  insanity  in  their  children, 
because  drunkenness  produces  a  transient  insanity,  even  in  a 
healthy  brain;  chronic  drunkenness  produces  organic  brain  dis- 
eases, bringing  in  their  train  impairment  of  the  memory,  inac- 
tivity of  the  reason,  a  weakening  of  the  will,  and  a  loss  of  the 
natural  affections;  also  moral  perversions  and  vicious  propensi- 
ties, and  finally,  unmistakable  diseases  of  the  mind  and  nervous 
system — all  of  which  are  capable  of  transmission  to  children. 

That  the  children  of  inebriate  parents  inherit  diseases,  such  as 
epilepsy,  hysteria,  chorea  and  idiocy,  or  if  not  actual  diseases, 
nervous  systems  which  are  abnormally  responsive  to  every  form 
of  disturbing  influence  and  are  easily  disordered. 

That  between  the  ages  of  20  and  45  insanity  is  liable  to  be 
developed  in  the  children  of  inebriates,  and  that  insanity  of  this 
type  is  recovered  from  imperfectly  or  not  at  all. 

And  finally,  that  however  much  people  may  differ  as  to  the 
expediency  of  "  prohibition,"  so-called,  in  the  present  state  of  pub- 
lic sentiment,  there  should  be  no  difference  of  opinion  among 
thinking  men  as  to  the  right  and  duty  of  the  state  to  take 
strenuous  measures  to  prevent  the  transmission  of  an  inebriate 
heredity  to  children. 

During  1883  Dr.  Hurd  also  published  a  paper  entitled 
"  Future  Provisions  for  the  Insane  in  Michigan."  In  this 
article  he  sketched  in  a  most  interesttog  way  the  haphazard 

(14) 


EARLY  PAPERS  ON  PSYCHIATRY 


manner  in  which  insane  patients  were  looked  after  in  Michi- 
gan until  the  opening  of  the  asylum  for  the  insane  at  Kala- 
mazoo. He  spoke  in  no  uncertain  terms  of  the  duty  of  the 
state  to  care  for  the  insane  within  her  borders.  The  conclud- 
ing paragraph  in  this  article  reveals  very  clearly  the  wise 
statesmanship  of  Dr.  Hurd : 

I  would  reiterate  the  conviction  that  it  is  the  duty  of  the  state 
to  continue  to  care  for  her  insane  in  the  state  asylums:  that  no 
consideration  of  false  economy  should  prevent  her  from  doing 
everything  which  can  be  done  for  the  comfort  and  restoration  of 
every  insane  person.  If  he  requires  the  restraint  and  seclusion  of 
an  asylum  for  the  dangerous  insane,  he  should  have  it.  If  he 
requires  curative  treatment  in  a  hospital,  or  suffers  from  a  form 
of  disease  which  calls  for  constant  nursing,  he  should  have  that. 
If  his  welfare  will  be  promoted  by  giving  him  labor,  the  liberty 
of  home,  and  a  manner  of  life  nearly  resembling  that  of  a  private 
family,  he  should  receive  them.  No  money  should  be  wasted  upon 
buildings,  surroundings,  or  care.  Sufficient,  however,  should  be 
expended  to  render  each  unfortunate  as  comfortable  as  his  condi- 
tion will  permit.  Anything  less  than  this  is  unworthy  a  great 
state  like  Michigan. 

Dr.  Hurd  in  1883  also  published  "  The  Minor  Treatment 
of  Insane  Patients.'^  In  1886  he  published  an  interesting 
article  on  "  Paranoia.^'  During  the  year  1886  we  find  two 
articles  from  his  pen  "  The  Relation  of  General  Paresis  and 
Syphilitic  Insanity  "  and  "  The  Data  of  Recovery  from  In- 
sanity.'' In  1887  "  Gastric,  Secretory  and  Other  Crises  in 
General  Paresis"  and  *^  The  Colony  System  of  Michigan" 
appeared.  In  1888  Dr.  Hurd  published  an  important  article 
on  "  The  Religious  Delusions  of  the  Insane/'  also  an  article 
on  "  Imbecility  with  Insanity."  In  1889  he  also  contributed 
a  paper  entitled  "A  Case  of  Inebriety  with  Insanity;  with 
Remarks." 


(15) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


Chapter  III 

DR.  HURD,  THE  FIRST  SUPERINTENDENT  OP  THE 
JOHNS  HOPKINS  HOSPITAL 

Dr.  Hurd  was  appointed  superintendent  of  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital  in  June,  1889,  and  assumed  the  duties  of 
the  position  on  August  1,  at  which  time  President  Oilman,  who 
had  acted  as  director  of  the  hospital  since  the  preceding 
February,  and  Dr.  John  S.  Billings,  who  had  been  medical 
advisor  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  for  12  years,  terminated  their 
connection  with  the  hospital.  Dr.  Hurd,  as  has  already  been 
mentioned,  was  the  first  superintendent  of  the  Eastern  Michi- 
gan Asylum  at  Pontiac.  Here  he  had  taken  charge  of  a  brand 
new  institution,  had  worked  out  the  details  of  its  management 
and  had  piloted  its  destiny  most  successfully  for  11  years. 
Here  at  the  Hopkins  he  had  a  similar  opportunity,  dif- 
fering only  in  that  the  patients  were  suffering  from  bodily 
instead  of  mental  ills.  In  this  institution  he  was  destined  to 
establish  later  the  most  harmonious  relationship  between  the 
hospital  and  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School  which  opened 
its  doors  in  1893.  His  wise  council,  his  broad  vista  and  his 
tact  have  in  large  measure  been  responsible  for  the  continuous 
cordial  and  intimate  relations  that  have  always  existed  between 
the  medical  school  and  the  hospital. 

Dr.  Burr  in  his  tribute  to  Dr.  Hurd  said,  "  His  reports  of 
the  Eastern  Michigan  Asylum  are  written  in  a  masterly  and 
finished  style,  and  have  been  warmly  received  and  favorably 
noticed  by  the  profession  of  this  and  foreign  countries."    The 

(16) 


DR.  HENRY  M.  HURD  WHEN  HE  CAME  TO  THE  JOHNS 
HOPKINS  HOSPITAL  IN  1889. 


SUPERINTENDENT  OF  THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS  HOSPITAL 


same  standard  of  excellence  shown  in  the  Michigan  reports  has 
been  maintained  in  the  annual  reports  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital.  In  fact,  when  the  history  of  this  institution  is 
written  it  will  only  be  necessary  to  amplify  what  has  already 
been  succinctly  reported  in  the  yearly  record  of  the  hospital. 

The  annual  report  has  given  the  list  of  the  trustees  together 
with  their  various  committees,  the  consulting  physicians,  the 
medical  board,  the  house  staff  and  the  names  of  the  physicians 
connected  with  the  out-patient  department.  Dr.  Hurd  then 
briefly  chronicled  the  important  events  occurring  during  the 
year,  referred  in  detail  to  the  changes  in  the  personnel  of  the 
staff  and  pointed  out  where  certain  departments  needed  to 
expand  or  where  new  departments  should  be  created.  It  is 
interesting  to  watch  how  a  suggestion  of  his  would  bring  forth 
fruit.  In  one  report  he  would  advise  the  innovation,  in  the 
next  it  would  be  briefly  stated  that  tentative  plans  were  under 
way.  The  next  report  would  probably  say  that  the  building 
was  under  construction,  and  in  the  report  of  the  following 
year  would  be  a  detailed  description  of  the  building  together 
with  splendid  illustrations,  and  in  addition  there  would  be  a 
succinct  report  of  the  addresses  given  at  the  dedication  of  the 
building.  A  more  detailed  report  of  the  proceedings  would 
usually  be  contained  in  the  hospital  Bulletin"  or  form  the 
theme  for  an  address. 

The  report  of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses  has  always 
been  given  a  prominent  part  in  the  superintendent's  report 
and  since  1895  there  has  been  a  very  full  report  of  the  colored 
orphan  asylum.  Dr.  Hurd  has  always  made  it  a  rule  to  make 
acknowledgment  of  gifts  to  the  hospital  no  matter  how  small 
they  have  been,  and  since  the  beginning  he  has  never  failed 
each  year  to  thank  the  clergy  who  have  held  services  in  the 

(17) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD  \ 


hospital  on  the  Sabbath.  The  statistical  tables  relating  to  the 
patients  treated  in  the  hospital  and  in  the  dispensary  have 
been  most  exact  and  very  full. 

The  annual  reports  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  from 
1889  to  1911  breathe  the  very  atmosphere  of  Henry  M.  Hurd 
and  in  no  other  way  can  the  reader  gain  a  better  insight  into 
his  make-up  and  into  the  tremendous  amount  of  work  this 
splendid  medical  statesman  has  accomplished  than  by  reading 
these  records. 


(18) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Chapter  IY 

EXTEACTS    FROM    THE    JOHNS    HOPKINS 
HOSPITAL  ANNUAL  REPORT  FOR  1889 

No  description  of  Dr.  Hurd's  work  would  be  complete  with- 
out a  reference  to  that  splendid  Board  of  Trustees  and  that 
rare  medical  staff  with  whom  he  was  associated  in  the  early 
days  of  the  hospital.  I  have  accordingly  had  the  first  and 
second  pages  of  the  first  report  reproduced.  All  who  were 
fortunate  enough  to  have  been  connected  with  the  hospital  in 
the  early  days  will  never  forget  that  splendid,  candid,  whole- 
souled  face  of  Miss  Isabel  Hampton.  One  never  thought  of 
Mr.  Emory  without  instantly  associating  him  with  Mr.  Joseph 
Hopkins,  and  everybody  in  the  hospital,  both  young  and  old, 
looked  upon  Miss  Rachel  Bonner  as  an  elder  sister. 

For  convenience  I  have  divided  the  reports  into  the  regular 
calendar  year,  although,  as  a  matter  of  fact,  the  hospital  year 

began  February  1  and  ended  January  31. 

♦ 

1889 

(May,  1889— January  31.  1890) 

Dr.  Hurd's  first  report  begins  as  follows : 
To  the  Trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital: 

Gentlemen. — I  present  herewith  a  summary  of  the  operations 
of  the  hospital  during  the  past  seven  and  one-half  months,  or 
since  its  opening  in  May  last.  It  has  seemed  best,  all  things  con- 
sidered, to  make  this  first  report  for  the  fractional  year,  so  that 
in  future  the  hospital  year  may  correspond  with  the  fiscal  year, 
which  runs  from  February  1  to  January  31. 

(19) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


OKGANIZATION 

The  organization  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  differs  in 
some  essential  features  from  that  of  other  general  hospitals  in 
the  United  States.  The  service  is  divided  into  three  distinct 
departments — medical,  surgical  and  gynecological  each  under  a 
responsible  chief  with  continuous  service.  The  heads  of  these 
departments  are  non-resident,  but  arrangements  are  made  for 
them  to  give  as  much  time  to  the  work  of  the  hospital  as  the 
necessities  of  patients  demand. 

Each  department  has  a  responsible  resident  physician  who  has 
had  a  long  and  varied  experience  in  a  general  hospital,  and  is 
abundantly  able  to  fill  the  place  of  the  chief  of  the  department 
whenever  he  is  absent  from  the  hospital.  Each  resident  physician 
has  a  staff  of  assistants  who  give  aid  in  case-taking,  surgical 
operations,  clinical  notes,  examinations  of  urine,  sputum,  blood, 
etc. — also  in  dispensary  work  generally.  The  resident  and  assis- 
tant resident  physicians,  surgeons  and  gynecologists,  are  resident 
in  the  hospital. 

The  dispensary  has  a  chief  who  directs  and  arranges  the  work 
of  the  different  departments,  and  each  department  in  turn  is 
under  the  special  direction  and  control  of  a  responsible  head, 
who  takes  care  of  the  work  and  has  a  continuous  service.  Each 
head  of  a  dispensary  department  has  as  many  assistants  as  the 
proper  work  of  his  department  requires,  whose  medical  work  he 
directs  and  controls. 

The  nursing  work  of  the  hospital  is  under  the  charge  of  the 
superintendent  of  nurses,  who  also  acts  as  the  principal  of  the 
training  school.  She  has  the  responsibility  of  the  management  of 
the  nurses'  home  and  the  instruction  of  nurses.  She  selects 
and  accepts  probationers,  prescribes  courses  of  study  and  arranges 
duties.     She  supervises  all  nursing-work. 

The  purchase  and  delivery  of  provisions  and  the  cooking,  dis- 
tribution and  serving  of  food,  are  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  pur- 
veyor, who  is  made  responsible  for  this  branch  of  hospital  work. 

The  care  of  rooms  and  buildings  and  the  oversight  of  the  work 
of  the  laundry  come  upon  the  matron,  who  is  charged  with  the 
duty  of  purchasing  bedding,  dry  goods,  clothing,  household  and 

(20) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


laundry  supplies.  In  addition  to  these  offices  there  is  a  comp- 
troller of  accounts,  who  supervises  the  receipt  of  money  and  the 
payment  of  bills;  an  apothecary,  who  purchases  medicines  and 
prepares  and  delivers  prescriptions;  a  supervisor  of  grounds,  who 
looks  after  all  outside  labor;  and  an  engineer,  who  has  the  care 
and  oversight  of  the  engines,  boilers,  filters,  pumping  apparatus, 
machinery,  warming  and  ventilating  apparatus,  water-tanks, 
sewers,  water-closets,  lavatories,  steam-cooking  apparatus,  water, 
gas,  electrical  and  steam  distribution. 

HISTORICAL 

Upon  the  opening  of  the  hospital  in  May,  1889,  Dr.  W.  H.  Welch 
had  been  appointed  pathologist,  Dr.  William  Osier,  physician-in- 
chief,  and  Dr.  William  S.  Halsted,  acting  surgeon  and  chief  of  the 
dispensary;  Dr.  Henry  A.  Lafleur,  resident  physician,  and  Dr. 
F.  J.  Brockway,  resident  surgeon;  with  Dr.  H.  A.  Toulmin,  assis- 
tant physician,  and  Dr.  George  E.  Clarke,  assistant  surgeon. 

Subsequently  in  June  Dr.  Howard  A.  Kelly  was  appointed 
gynecologist  and  obstetrician,  and  Dr.  Hunter  Robb,  resident 
gynecologist.  The  value  of  the  services  of  Dr.  Billings  in  planning 
and  building  the  hospital  cannot  be  too  highly  estimated.  His 
foresight  as  to  the  future  of  the  hospital,  his  high  ideals  of  hospi- 
tal requirements,  his  familiarity  with  hospital  work  and  his 
versatility  in  adapting  means  to  ends,  have  done  much  to  bring 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  to  its  present  state  of  excellence. 

President  Oilman's  services  as  an  organizer  were  of  great  value. 
By  an  unusual  occurrence  of  events  it  was  possible  for  him  to 
bring  the  university  idea  into  hospital  management,  and  to  give 
to  the  inauguration  of  the  hospital  enterprise  a  breadth  and 
liberality  which  it  might  have  lacked  had  it  been  exclusively 
organized  by  a  purely  hospital  officer. 

TRUSTEES    AND   MEDICAL    STAFF 

Pages  22  and  23  are  facsimiles  from  the  first  annual  report 
(1889)  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  giving  the  Trustees, 
Consulting  Physicians,  Medical  Board  and  Hospital  Staff  at 
that  time. 

(21) 


TRUSTEES 

18S9-90. 


President : 
FRANCIS  T.  KING. 
Treamrer : 
JOSEPH  MERREFIELD. 
Secretary : 
LEWIS  N.  HOPKINS. 
Members  of  the  Board : 
George  William  Brown,  Charles  J.  M.  Gwinn, 

James  Carey,  Lewis  N.  Hopkins, 

George  W.  Corner,  Francis  T.  King, 

William  T.  Dixon,  Alan  P.  Smith,  M.  D., 

George  W.  Dobbin,  C.  Morton  Stewart, 

Joseph  P.  Elliott,  Francis  White. 


COMMITTEES. 

Executive  ChmmiUee, 
George  W.  Corner,  Francis  T.  King,  ex  officio^ 

George  W.  Dobbin,  Alan  P.  Smith, 

Francis  White. 

Finance  Committee: 
George  W.  Corner,  Francis  T.  King,  ex  officio^ 

William  T.  Dixon,  Francis  White. 

Building  Committee: 
George  W.  Corner,  Francis  T.  King,  ex  oj^iOf 

Geor(je  W.  Dobbin,  Alan  P.  Smith, 

Francis  White. 


CONSULTING  PHYSICIANS. 

Alan  P.  Smith,  M.  D.,  representing  Hospital  Trustees, 
James  Carey  Thomas,  M.  D.,  representing  University  Trustees, 
I.  E.  Atkinson,  M.  D.,  T.  S.  Latimer,  M.  D., 

S.  C,  Chew,  M.  D.,  F.  T.  Miles,  M.  D., 

F.  Donaldson,  M.  D.,  G.  W.  Miltenberger,  M.  D., 

W.  T.  Howard,  M.  D.,  L.  McLanb  Tiffany,  M.  D., 

C.  Johnston,  M.  D.,  W.  C.  Van  Bibber,  M.  D., 

H.  P.  C.  Wilson,  M.  D. 


MEDICAL  BOARD. 

Alan  P.  Smith,  M.  D.,  representing  Hospital.  Trustees, 
James  Carey  Thomas,  M.  D.,  representing  University  Trustees, 
W.  S.  Halsted,  M.  D.,  Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.  D., 

Henry  M.  Hurd,  M.  D.,  William  Osler,  M.  D., 

William  H.  \Veix3H^  M.  D. 

(22) 


HOSPITAL  STAFF. 

Sv/perintenderd  : 
Henby  M.  Hurd,  M.  D. 
Phyaicum  :  Resident  Physician : 

William  Osler,  M.  D.  Henry  A.  Lafledr,  M.  D. 

Assistant  Resident  Physicians: 
Harry  Toulmin,  M.  D.,  D.  Meredith  Reese,  M.  D. 

Surgeon :  Resident  Surgeon : 

William  S.  Halsted,  M.  D.  F.  J.  Brockway,  M.  D. 

Assistant  Resid&ni  Surgeon: 
George  E.  Clarke,  M.  D. 
Oynecohgist  and  Obstetrician:  Resident  Gynecologist: 

Howard  A.  Kelly,  M.  D.  Hunter  Robb,  M.  D 

Assistant  Resident  Gynecologists: 
W.  W.  Farr,  M.  D.  a.  L.  Ghriskey,  M.  D. 

Pathologist:  Associate  in  Pathology : 

William  H.  Welch,  M.  D.  W.  T.  Councilman,  M.  D. 

Assi^ant  in  Bacteriology  and  Hygiene: 
Alexander  C.  Abbott,  M.  D. 


OUT-PATSENT   DEPARTMENT. 

Chief  of  the  Dispensary : 
William  S.  Halsted,  M.  D. 
1.  Department  of  General  Medicine: 

William  Osleb,  M.  D. 
■2.  Department  of  Diseases  of  Children : 

William  Osleb,  M.  D.,  and  W.  D.  Booker,  M.  D. 

3.  Department  of  Nervous  Diseases : 

William  Osler,  M.  D.,  and  H.  M.  Thomas,  M.  D. 

4.  Department  of  General  Surgery: 

W.  S.  Halsted,  M.  D.,  assisted  by  J.  M.  T.  Finney,  M.  D. 

5.  Deparimenl  of  Geniio- Urinary  Diseases: 

W.  S.  Halsted,  M.  D.,  and  James  Brown,  M.  D. 

6.  Department  of  Gynecology: 

H.  A.  Kelly,  M.  D.,  assisted  by  Hunter  Eobb,  M.  D. 

7.  Department  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology: 

S.  Theobald,  M.  D.,  and  R.  L.  Randolph,  M.  D. 

8.  Department  of  Laryngology : 

John  N.  Mackenzie,  M.  D. 

9.  Depa.rtm£nt  of  Dermatology : 

R.  B.  Morison,  M.  D. 


Miss  Isabel  A.  Hampton,  Superintendent  of  Nurses  and  Principal 

of  the  Training  School, 

L.  Winder  Emory,  Purveyor. 
Miss  Rachel  A.  Bonner,  3Iatron. 


Stanley  Hutchins,  Comptroller  of  Accounts. 

(23) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


COURSES  OF  MEDICAL  INSTRUCTION 

Beginning  with  January  6  of  the  present  year  [1890]  courses 
of  postgraduate  instruction  in  medicine,  surgery  and  gynecology 
have  been  inaugurated  at  the  hospital.  Daily  lectures  have  been 
given  in  the  clinical  amphitheatre,  and  clinics  in  medicine,  sur- 
gery and  gynecology  have  been  given  three  times  a  week,  at  which 
time  the  wealth  of  clinical  cases  afforded  by  the  hospital  and 
dispensary  have  been  utilized.  Rare  opportunities  to  study  dis- 
eases have  been  afforded  in  the  dispensary  and  the  hospital  wards; 
and  to  witness  surgical  operations  in  the  private  operating  rooms. 

LABORATORIES 

The  work  of  the  pathological  laboratory,  formerly  carried  on 
by  the  university,  was  assumed  by  the  hospital  September  1,  1889. 
No  change,  however,  has  been  made  in  any  of  its  arrangements 
or  courses  of  study,  and  the  work  of  instruction  and  original 
research  has  gone  on  as  in  former  years.  The  pathological 
material  afforded  by  the  hospital  has  proven  unusually  rich.  It 
has  been  most  carefully  and  thoroughly  studied  by  Professor 
Welch  and  Drs.  Councilman  and  Abbott. 

The  clinical  laboratory  has  been  in  successful  operation  under 
the  direction  of  Professor  Osier.  Analyses  of  the  blood  have 
been  made  carefully  and  systematically  as  a  matter  of  routine, 
both  to  determine  its  constitution  and  to  ascertain  the  presence 
of  malarial  or  other  organisms  and  parasites. 

The  hygienic  laboratory  has  also  been  equipped  and  made 
ready  for  practical  work  under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Billings  and 
Dr.  Abbott.  Its  work  thus  far  has  been  confined  to  meteorological 
observations,  the  study  of  ventilation,  the  analysis  of  ground- 
air,  £Lnd  the  bacteriological  examination  of  water. 

THE  nurses'  training  SCHOOL 

The  Nurses'  Training  School  was  formally  opened  in 
October,  1889.    A  full  report  of  this  momentous  occasion  is 

(24) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


given  by  Dr.  Hurd  in  the  first  number  of  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital  Bulletin  published  on  December  1  of  that 
year.  After  a  short  address  by  the  president  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  Mr.  Francis  T.  Kling,  Miss  Hampton  spoke  at  length 
on  "  The  Aims  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Training 
School  for  Nurses,"  and  was  followed  by  Dr.  Hurd  who  took 
as  his  theme  "  The  Eelation  of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses 
to  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital."  I  quote  briefly  from  his 
address  on  that  occasion : 

The  beneficent  work  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  antedates 
by  many  years  its  formal  opening  in  May  last.  From  its  incep- 
tion in  the  mind  of  its  founder,  and  the  subsequent  elaboration 
of  the  idea  by  the  trustees  so  wisely  chosen  by  him — during  the 
preparation  of  its  plans  and  in  the  whole  course  of  its  erection — 
from  the  first  foundation  stone  to  the  last  tile  upon  the  roof,  it 
has  constantly  been  fulfilling  its  mission.  It  has  all  along  stimu- 
lated hospital  construction  to  an  unprecedented  degree.  From  a 
personal  knowledge  of  hospitals  east  and  west,  I  do  not  hesitate  to 
say  that  there  is  not  a  single  hospital  in  this  broad  land  which 
has  not  felt  the  influence  of  its  construction,  either  directly  or 
indirectly,  or  has  not  been  energized  by  its  example  to  make 
more  perfect  provision  for  the  care  and  treatment  of  sick  people. 
It  has  taught  hospitals  the  practical  application  of  the  laws  of 
hygiene  to  heating,  ventilation,  house  drainage,  sewerage  and 
hospital  construction  in  general.  It  has  commanded  attention  to 
the  importance  of  sunlight  and  air  space,  and  to  the  absolute 
necessity  of  an  abundant  supply  of  pure  air  to  each  individual — 
a  supply  properly  tempered  to  meet  the  varying  conditions  of  sum- 
mer heat  and  winter  cold.  The  cardinal  principle  of  the  hospital 
has  been  to  give  the  sick  the  most  perfect  hygienic  surroundings 
attainable  in  a  city.  It  has  so  prepared  the  way  for  better  pro- 
vision for  the  comfort  of  the  sick,  whether  rich  or  poor,  that  the 
public  now  demand  it.    So  great,  in  fact,  has  been  the  force  of  its 

(25) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


example  for  good,  I  do  not  hesitate  to  say  that  had  the  hospital 
never  received  or  treated  a  single  patient,  the  work  it  has  already 
accomplished  in  showing  the  way  to  better  hospital  construction 
would  have  fully  justified  the  expenditure  of  every  dollar  it  cost. 

To-day  we  are  assembled  to  witness  the  inauguration  of  one  of 
the  departments  of  this  hospital  which  we  hope  will  influence  in 
a  similar  manner,  even  if  not  in  an  equal  degree,  training  schools 
for  nurses  throughout  the  country.  This  school  has  been  estab- 
lished in  compliance  with  the  instructions  of  the  founder  of  the 
hospital,  in  the  following  language:  "  I  desire  you  to  establish  in 
connection  with  the  hospital  a  training  school  for  female  nurses. 
This  provision  will  secure  the  services  of  women  competent  to 
care  for  the  sick  in  the  hospital  wards,  and  will  enable  you  to 
benefit  the  whole  community  by  supplying  it  with  a  class  of  trained 
and  experienced  nurses."  The  Board  of  Trustees  has  carried  into 
effect  this  injunction  in  no  grudging  manner.  No  school  in  this 
country  has  been  more  worthily  housed  or  more  fully  equipped 
for  class-room  and  practical  work  and  none  has  ever  started  out 
with  broader  views  or  more  comprehensive  plans  for  the  proper 
training  of  nurses. 

What  has  the  hospital  a  right  to  expect  from  the  pupils  of  this 
school? 

1.  They  should  have  an  adequate  conception  of  the  responsi- 
bilities assumed  by  the  nurse  when  she  enters  the  school.  The 
hands  of  a  nurse  are  a  physician's  hands  lengthened  out  to  min- 
ister to  the  sick.  Her  presence  at  the  bedside  is  a  trained 
vigilance  supplementing  and  perfecting  his  watchful  care;  her 
knowledge  of  the  patient's  condition  an  essential  element  in  the 
diagnosis  of  disease;  her  management  of  the  patient,  the  prac- 
tical side  of  medical  science.  If  she  fails  to  appreciate  her  duties 
the  physician  fails  in  the  same  degree  to  bring  aid  to  his  patient. 

2.  The  nurse  should  have  an  enthusiasm  in  the  work  of  nurs- 
ing. No  one  should  assume  the  work  without  feeling  it  to  be 
of  all  occupations  the  one  best  suited  to  the  tastes  and  capacity 
of  the  individual.     Nursing  to  be  well  done  should  be  entered 


(26) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


upon  with  an  "enthusiasm  of  humanity"  which  will  lighten 
every  hardship,  and  render  the  nurse  happy  and  contented  in  her 
chosen  calling. 

3.  She  should  consider  nursing  a  profession  and  view  it  as  a 
life  work.  It  is  not  a  trade,  nor  an  occupation  solely,  nor  a 
means  of  support  simply,  but  a  vocation  which  brings  into  ac- 
tivity the  best  sentiments  of  the  human  heart  and  enlists  the 
finer  sympathies  of  our  better  natures. 

4.  She  should  seek  to  fit  herself  to  be  a  teacher  of  others.  It 
should  be  her  ambition  to  learn  the  duties  of  her  calling  that 
she  may  become  competent  to  impart  instruction.  From  this 
school  as  from  a  center  of  knowledge  should  go  forth  graduates 
to  found  similar  schools  throughout  the  land. 

5.  For  her  highest  usefulness  a  nurse  should  have  a  capacity 
for  sustained  mental  effort.  Having  chosen  her  life  work  and 
proven  her  fitness  for  it  by  a  satisfactory  period  of  probation, 
she  should  pursue  her  vocation  "  without  haste,  without  rest," 
steadily,  persistently  and  courageously,  with  a  mental  equipoise 
which  keeps  constantly  in  view  a  high  ideal  of  excellence.  The 
sweetest  rewards  of  earth  come  to  earnest  effort  and  faithful  ac- 
complishment in  lines  of  philanthropic  work.  They  are  not 
gained  by  fitful  toil  or  half-hearted  endeavor. 

Lest  there  may  be  a  misconception  I  ought  to  add  that  enthu- 
siasm in  work,  devotion  to  duty,  unresting  fidelity  to  high  ideals 
of  efficiency,  keen  humanitarian  impulses  and  love  of  scientific 
truth,  cannot  and  must  not  be  considered  obligations  peculiar  to 
nurses.  The  trustees  and  officers  of  the  hospital  accept  similar 
obligations  for  themselves,  and  expect  equal  enthusiasm  and  devo- 
tion from  all  connected  with  the  hospital  in  any  responsible 
capacity. 

What,  on  the  other  hand,  has  the  pupil  in  the  training  school 
a  right  to  expect  from  all  who  are  connected  with  the  hospital? 

1.  The  pupil  nurse  has  reason  to  expect,  and  should  receive,  the 
respect,  confidence  and  cooperation  of  every  right-minded  person. 

2.  She  should  enjoy  every  facility  for  securing  instruction,  and 
an  opportunity  to  obtain  a  higher  training  in  every  branch  of 
knowledge  which  promises  to  increase  her  efficiency  and  use- 
fulness. 

(27) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


3.  She  should  have  proper  hours  for  work,  proper  hours  for 
study  and  recreation,  pleasant  apartments,  healthful  surround- 
ings, refining  associations  and  every  incentive  to  effort,  and  every 
aid  to  accomplishment  of  her  work. 

Many  hopes  cluster  about  this  training  school.  The  work  of 
many  years  of  patient  labor  spent  in  construction  is  over.  The 
scaffold  has  been  swept  away,  and  the  completed  edifice  stands 
before  us.  The  work  of  the  hospital  cannot  be  complete  until  this 
school  is  open  and  in  successful  operation.  The  poor  of  Baltimore 
in  their  homes,  suffering  for  lack  of  proper  nursing  and  adequate 
attention,  look  to  this  school  for  a  solution  of  the  problem  of 
district  nursing  among  the  poor.  The  homes  of  the  wealthy 
need  no  less  the  skilled  nursing  which  this  school  aims  to  supply. 
The  trustees  and  officers  of  the  hospital  welcome  the  school  and 
bid  it  God-speed. 

PUBLICATIONS 

In  the  first  annual  report  Dr.  Hnrd  says : 

There  has  been  established,  as  an  organ  of  the  hospital,  a 
monthly  publication  known  as  Tpie  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
Bulletin,  which  is  to  contain  announcements,  programs,  reports 
of  societies  and  minor  medical  contributions.  The  Bulletin  has 
met  with  much  success  and  seems  to  have  found  a  place  in  medical 
literature.  In  addition  to  the  Bulletin  a  volume  of  Hospital 
Reports  is  published  in  fasciculi  which  will  constitute  a  volume  of 
about  500  pages  during  the  year  1890.  The  first  fasciculus  con- 
tained 64  pages,  and  had  the  following  list  of  articles:  "  On  Fever 
of  Hepatic  Origin,  Particularly  the  Intermittent  Pyrexia  Asso- 
ciated with  Gail-Stones,"  by  Dr.  Osier 

Through  the  medium  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
Bulletin  the  numerous  activities  of  the  hospital  have  been 
duly  chronicled  and  many  important  events  have  been  re- 
corded. The  numerous  discoveries  in  the  various  departments 
have  been  brought  to  the  notice  of  the  medical  world  through 
this  journal.     It  has  been  a  faithful  mirror  of  The  Johns 

(28) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Hopkins  Hospital  and  its  establishment  was  one  of  the  most 
important  moves  ever  made  by  the  hospital.  It  has  enabled  the 
institution  to  tell  the  civilized  world  promptly  just  what  it  has 
accomplished.  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Reports  contain 
the  lengthy  articles — those  that  are  too  extensive  for  a  monthly 
journal.    They  now  comprise  18  volumes. 

Dr.  Hurd  started  both  the  Bulletin  and  the  Reports  and 
was  editor  of  both  from  the  initial  issue  until  he  relinquished 
his  position  in  1911.  He  was  the  editor  in  every  sense  of  the 
word.  Many  of  the  articles  which  were  rather  crude  in  their 
English  construction  were  entirely  recast  by  him.  Any  mem- 
ber of  the  staff  who  wandered  into  the  superintendent's  office 
late  at  night  when  all  was  quiet  or  on  a  Sunday  afternoon 
would  find  Dr.  Hurd  busily  engaged  in  correcting  galley 
proofs  for  the  Bulletin"  or  for  the  Reports. 

Both  of  these  publications  possess  a  dignity  and  style  rarely 
noted  in  medical  periodicals.  The  printing  has  been  good, 
the  illustrations  excellent  and  the  text  remarkably  free  from 
typographical  errors. 

The  Hopkins  Bulletin  and  the  Reports  are  to  be  found  in 
medical  libraries  the  world  over.  Dr.  Hurd  deserves  the  lion's 
share  of  credit  for  the  marked  success  of  these  publications. 

societies 

In  the  first  report  Dr.  Hurd  refers  to  the  medical  societies 

of  the  hospital. 

A  flourishing  hospital  medical  society  has  been  established 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  Welch,  which  meets  bi-monthly  and 
is  regularly  attended  by  members  of  the  hospital  and  dispensary 
staff.  At  these  meetings  papers  are  read,  patients  are  exhibited, 
morbid  pathological  specimens  are  presented  and  the  results  of 
original  investigations  in  the  clinical,  pathological  and  hygienic 

(29) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


laboratories  are  reported.  These  meetings  have  been  of  great 
value,  and  the  amount  of  work  which  has  been  done  compares 
most  favorably  with  that  accomplished  by  any  other  similar 
society. 

A  Journal  Club,  composed  of  members  of  the  hospital  and  dis- 
pensary staff,  also  meets  bi-monthly.  At  these  meetings  the  cur- 
rent literature  in  the  various  departments  of  medicine,  surgery 
and  gynecology  is  presented  in  abstract  by  persons  previously 
appointed  to  report  from  these  departments.  This  enables  all 
members  of  the  staff  to  keep  fully  informed  as  to  what  is  being 
accomplished  by  workers  in  every  branch  of  medical  science  with 
the  least  expenditure  of  time. 

In  November,  1890,  a  Historical  Club  was  organized  to  hold 
monthly  meetings  for  the  study  of  medicine  in  its  historical 
aspects.  These  meetings  have  been  well  attended  and  have  proven 
interesting  and  profitable. 

The  Historical  Club  still  continues.  Scattered  throughout 
the  various  volumes  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
Bulletin  are  many  articles  which  were  read  at  the  Historical 
Society.    They  are  of  much  interest  and  value. 


(30) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Chapter  V 

EXTRACTS    FROM    THE    JOHNS'    HOPKINS 
HOSPITAL  ANNUAL  REPORTS  FOR 

1890-1897 

1890 

(February  1,  1890— January  31,  1891) 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1891, 
Dr.  Hurd  refers  to  the  work  of  the  hospital  among  the  poor  of 
Baltimore  and  emphasizes  the  fact  that  care  must  be  taken  to 
see  that  people  who  are  financially  able  should  not  be  given  free 
treatment : 

The  added  experience  of  a  year  has  demonstrated  the  neces- 
sity of  the  medical,  surgical  and  gynecological  work  which  this 
hospital  is  doing  among  the  poor  of  Baltimore,  The  free  work 
has  constantly  grown  in  importance  and  usefulness  since  the 
opening  of  the  hospital  and  hundreds  of  poor  people  have  received 
relief  who  could  not  have  obtained  it  otherwise.  This  work  has 
been  done  cheerfully  and  ungrudgingly  both  among  hospital  and 
dispensary  patients.  It  is  evident,  however,  that  some  persons 
who  apply  for  gratuitous  advice  and  prescriptions  in  the  dispen- 
sary, and  free  beds  in  the  hospital  are  not  objects  of  charity,  and 
should  not  receive  the  benefits  of  the  institution. 

In  some  of  the  New  York  hospitals  the  names  of  all  persons 
applying  for  relief,  when  any  doubt  exists  as  to  the  propriety  of 
granting  it,  are  reported  to  the  Charity  Organization  Society,  and 
a  systematic  investigation  is  made  by  an  agent  of  this  society. 
After  a  careful  review  of  the  whole  subject  I  am  strongly  of  the 
opinion  that  the  time  has  come  when  an  arrangement  should  be 
made  with  the  Charity  Organization  Society  of  Baltimore,  whereby 

(31) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


all  suspected  cases  may  receive  a  prompt  investigation.  It  de- 
moralizes any  man  to  receive  as  a  gift  what  he  is  able  to  pay 
for  wholly  or  in  part.  Indiscriminate  and  haphazard  charity 
begets  habits  of  improvidence  and  of  wastefulness,  if  not  of  actual 
vice  among  its  recipients. 

In  addition  to  the  evil  effect  upon  the  community  of  indiscrimi- 
nate charity  there  is  also  danger  of  doing  injustice  to  the  pro- 
fession of  medicine,  which  numbers  among  its  members  so  many 
persons  actively  engaged  in  charitable  work.  Neither  the  hospital 
nor  dispensary  should  interfere  with  the  sources  of  support  of 
these  men  by  affording  free  medical  or  surgical  treatment  to 
those  who  are  able  to  pay  for  it. 

In  this  connection  mention  may  be  made  of  the  excellent  pro- 
vision which  exists  at  this  hospital  for  the  accommodation  of 
private  or  pay  patients — a  provision  which  is  not  excelled  in  any 
general  hospital  in  this  country. 

Dr.  Hurd  in  the  report  also  refers  to  the  Training  School 
for  Nurses : 

Each  month  demonstrates  the  value  and  necessity  of  the  work 
of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses.  The  school  is  developing  a 
new  field  of  usefulness  for  the  young  women  of  Baltimore  and 
Maryland  and  is  growing  in  popular  favor.  The  dignity  and 
importance  of  the  profession  of  nursing  were  never  so  well  appre- 
ciated in  this  community  as  now. 

From  the  early  days  of  the  hospital  to  the  present  it  has 
been  a  matter  of  frequent  comment  that  for  intellectual  refine- 
ment and  for  mental  capacity  few  if  any  hospitals  in  America 
have  been  as  fortunate  as  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  in  the 
personnel  of  its  Training  School  for  Nurses. 

1891 

(February  1,  1891— January  31,  1892) 

The  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1892,  contains 
the  names  of  the  first  class  of  nurses  who  graduated  from  the 

(32) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


training  school.  Among  them  are  Mary  E.  Gross  (Mrs. 
John  M.  T.  Finney),  Georgie  M.  Kevins  the  superintendent  of 
Garfield  Hospital,  Washington,  D.  C,  M.  Adelaide  Nutting 
who  later  became  superintendent  of  nurses  in  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital  Training  School  and  who  is  doing  such 
excellent  work  as  professor  in  the  Teachers'  Training  School 
at  Columbia  University,  New  York.  This  list  also  contains 
the  name  of  Susan  C.  Eead  (the  late  Mrs.  William  Sydney 
Thayer). 

1892 
(February  1,  1892— January  31,  1893) 

MEDICAL  INSTRUCTION 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1893, 
Dr.  Hurd  makes  a  most  important  announcement  relative  to 
the  opening  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School. 

By  the  endowment  of  the  medical  school  through  the  generosity 
of  Miss  Garrett  and  others,  the  university  is  now  in  a  condition 
to  assume  the  responsibility  of  medical  instruction,  and  com- 
mencing with  October  1,  1893,  both  graduate  and  other  work  will 
cease  on  the  part  of  the  hospital.  It  is  gratifying,  in  the  review 
of  the  past  three  years,  to  notice  that  women  have  not  in  any 
respect  proven  a  disturbing  element.  They  have  pursued  their 
work  under  the  same  conditions  as  men,  and  have  done  faithful, 
honest  and  successful  work.  Although  the  hospital  ceases  to 
do  any  more  medical  teaching,  the  fact  that  the  governing  idea 
in  its  erection  was  the  promotion  of  medical  teaching  cannot 
be  lost  sight  of.  The  construction  of  the  wards,  the  location  of 
the  laboratories,  the  arrangement  of  the  dispensary  and  amphi- 
theater, the  divers  systems  of  heating  and  ventilating,  and  the 
facilities  for  their  demonstration,  all  point  to  a  preconceived 
plan  that  the  hospital  should  do  its  share  in  the  work  of  prac- 
tical instruction.  It  is  confidently  believed  that  no  other  hospi- 
tal in  the  United  States  is  better  equipped  to  do  medical  teach- 

-  3  (S3) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


ing,  or  in  its  brief  career  has  done  more  thorougti  and  suggestive 
work.  The  same  faithful  work  will  be  continued  by  the  same 
men,  under  the  direction  of  the  university  in  future,  as  a  part 
of  the  curriculum  of  the  medical  school. 

LYING-IN  AND   CHILDBEN's   WARDS 

The  approaching  opening  of  the  medical  school  renders  it  im- 
portant that  no  time  be  lost  in  arranging  for  the  erection  of 
a  lying-in  ward,  to  provide  for  the  proper  instruction  of  medical 
students  and  nurses.  In  many  respects  it  seems  most  desirable 
that  this  ward  be  situated  adjacent  to  the  hospital,  so  that  nurses 
may  be  readily  provided,  and  yet  far  enough  removed  to  render 
it  free  from  the  stir  and  publicity  of  a  large  general  hospital, 
and  a  numerously  attended  out-patient  department.  This  building 
ought  eventually  to  be  built  upon  a  well-approved  plan,  and  should 
furnish  ample  accommodations  for  women  who  are  awaiting  con- 
finement, for  parturient  women,  and  for  those  who  suffer  from 
any  form  of  puerperal  infection. 

A  children's  ward,  separate  and  distinct  from  other  wards,  must 
be  erected.  Such  a  ward  alone  will  give  children  the  proper  oppor- 
tunity for  comfort  and  recovery. 

The  children  are  now  well  provided  for  in  the  Harriet  Lane 
Home.  After  long  years  of  waiting  it  is  a  pleasure  to  know 
that  in  the  near  future  the  obstetrical  department  is  to  have 
adequate  and  most  satisfactory  accommodations. 

1893 

(February  1,  1893— January  31,  1894) 

In   the  report  for   the  year   ending   January   31,   1894, 

Dr.  Hurd  describes  the  colored  ward: 

The  colored  ward,  of  which  mention  was  made  in  the  last  report, 
has  also  been  erected  during  the  year  and  is  now  ready  for  the 
reception  of  patients.  It  consists  of  two  stories  surmounted  by 
a  half  story. 

(34) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


This  addition  to  the  hospital  has  been  of  great  value  as  it 
brings  all  the  colored  patients  under  one  roof  instead  of 
having  them  scattered  in  various  portions  of  the  institution. 

Dr.  Hurd  then  refers  to  important  changes  in  the  library. 

The  opening  of  the  medical  school,  and  the  increased  demand 
for  medical  hooks  on  the  part  of  medical  students,  have  rendered 
it  desirable  to  pay  special  attention  to  the  library  of  the  hospital. 
Miss  Thies,  who  has  received  a  careful  training  in  the  Enoch 
Pratt  Free  Library,  has  accordingly  been  employed  at  the  joint 
expense  of  the  university  and  hospital  to  catalogue  and  arrange 
the  collections  which  have  grown  rapidly  during  the  year.  It  is 
evident  that  by  the  close  of  another  year  the  shelving  will  be 
filled,  and  no  more  room  will  be  available  for  future  additions.  It 
consequently  becomes  important  to  know  how  increased  accom- 
modations can  be  secured. 

In  this  connection  it  seems  eminently  proper  to  refer  to  the 
great  advantages  which  the  medical  ofiacers  of  the  hospital  and 
the  students  in  our  medical  courses  have  derived  from  the 
proximity  of  the  library  of  the  Surgeon  General's  Office.  The 
enlightened  policy  of  this  library,  whereby  valuable  books  of 
reference  otherwise  unattainable  are  loaned  to  the  hospital  under 
satisfactory  guarantees  against  loss,  cannot  be  too  highly  praised. 
The  medical  officers  of  the  hospital,  and  the  instructors  and  stu- 
dents of  the  medical  school,  are  under  many  obligations  for  the 
uniform  promptness  and  courtesy  of  those  who  have  charge  of 
this  unrivaled  collection  of  books  in  meeting  the  frequent  demands 
made  upon  them. 

THE  WHITE  ROSE  FUND 

By  the  generous  act  of  Mrs.  W.  E.  Woodyear,  of  Baltimore,  the 
"  White  Rose  Fund  "  has  been  established  and  the  sum  of  $5000 
has  been  placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  trustees,  the  interest  of 
which  is  to  be  used  for  the  comfort  and  happiness  of  sick  children. 
It  was5  not  proposed  to  endow  a  bed  or  to  establish  a  charity,  but 
to  use  the  Income  of  the  fund  in  such  a  way  as  to  promote  the 
comfort  and  happiness  of  poor,  sick  children  who  occupy  beds  in 
the  public  wards  of  the  hospital. 

(35) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


It  was  the  intention  of  the  liberal  donor  to  provide  means  by 
which  flowers,  books,  pictures,  excursions,  music  and  other  means 
of  amusement  could  be  afforded  for  the  children  in  a  more  liberal 
manner  than  would  be  practicable  if  these  extra  expenses  were 
paid  out  of  the  income  of  the  hospital. 

It  is  doubtful  if  any  gift  to  the  hospital,  no  matter  how 
large,  has  yielded  more  downright  satisfaction  to  the  donor 
than  this  gift  has.  Year  after  year  Dr.  Hurd  has  referred  to 
how  much  it  has  meant  to  the  children  and  what  added  pleas- 
ures this  fund  has  made  possible.  He  has  always  been  most 
enthusiastic  when  speaking  of  it  in  report  after  report.  It 
reminds  one  of  a  thread  of  gold  carried  through  from  year  to 
year.  Mrs.  Woodyear  gave  this  money  in  memory  of  her  little 
daughter,  Rose  Blanche  Woodyear. 

1894 

(February  1,  1894— January  31,  1895) 
In  the  year  1894  several  important  advances  were  made. 

Experience  having  shown  that  the  work  of  the  pathological 
department  was  of  great  value  and  importance  to  every  other  de- 
partment, it  was  decided  by  the  trustees,  after  a  thorough  con- 
sideration of  the  subject  by  the  medical  board,  to  organize  this 
department,  and  to  give  it  an  equal  standing  in  the  medical  staff 
by  appointing  a  resident  pathologist  and  an  assistant  resident 
pathologist.  In  consequence  of  this  action,  Dr.  Simon  Flexner, 
associate  in  pathology  in  the  medical  school,  was  appointed  resi- 
dent pathologist,  and  Dr.  L.  F.  Barker,  the  associate  in  anatomy, 
was  appointed  assistant  resident  pathologist. 

As  far  as  is  known  at  present,  this  is  the  first  instance  where 
similar  officers  have  been  appointed  with  staff  standing  in  con- 
nection with  any  hospital  in  the  United  States. 

OUT-PATIENT  OBSTETRICAL  SEEVICE 

This  service  has  been  placed  under  the  immediate  charge  of 
Dr.  J.  Whitridge  Williams,  the  associate  in  obstetrics  in  The 

(36^ 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School,  who  has  received  the  appointment 
of  assistant  obstetrician  to  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  Dr. 
G.  W.  Dobbin  has  been  appointed  an  additional  assistant  in  the 
gynecological  department  to  look  after  this  work  in  a  special 
manner,  both  in  the  dispensary  and  in  attending  patients  in  their 
homes.  It  is  contemplated  that  poor  patients  expecting  to  be 
confined,  and  unable  to  pay  the  expenses  of  a  physician,  shall 
visit  the  dispensary  to  arrange  for  the  services  of  the  resident 
obstetrician.  In  arranging  for  this  service  it  is  hoped  to  be  able 
to  bring  relief  to  patients  who  require  the  services  of  a  physician, 
and  to  furnish  the  attention  of  a  skilled  nurse  during  the  first 
24  hours  following  confinement.  It  is  expected  that  this  service 
will  eventually  grow  into  a  branch  of  district  nursing. 

In  this  report  Dr.  Hurd  refers  to  the  resignation  of  Miss 
Hampton. 

Shortly  after  commencement  exercises  in  June  last,  1894,  Miss 
Hampton,  who  had  been  the  superintendent  of  the  training  school 
ever  since  its  opening,  tendered  her  resignation.  Her  services 
to  the  school  had  been  of  great  value,  and  her  resignation  and 
relinquishment  of  all  training  school  work  must  be  regarded  a 
serious  loss  to  trained  nursing  throughout  the  country. 

Upon  her  resignation.  Miss  M.  A.  Nutting,  who  had  been  her 
assistant  for  the  previous  two  years,  received  the  appointment 
of  acting  superintendent.  Subsequently,  in  December  last,  she 
was  appointed  superintendent,  and  given  leave  of  absence  for 
eight  months  from  February  first  to  visit  other  hospitals  and 
training  schools  in  this  country  and  Europe,  to  see  their  methods 
and  to  perfect  herself  in  nursing  work. 

THE  COLORED  ORPHAN"  ASYLUM 

In  Dr.  Hurd's  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1895, 

we  find  the  first  report  of  the  colored  orphan  asylum. 

By  the  will  of  the  founder  of  the  hospital,  the  erection  and 
maintenance  of  a  colored  orphan  asylum  was  enjoined,  and  pro- 
vision was  made  for  its  support  out  of  the  income  of  the  hospital 
fund. 

(37) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


A  tract  of  land  on  Remington  Avenue  and  King  Street  has  been 
purchased  as  a  permanent  site  for  The  Johns  Hopkins  Colored 
Orphan  Asylum,  and  the  children  have  been  removed  to  their 
new  home. 

A  detailed  report  of  the  committee  on  the  colored  orphan 
asylum  follows  that  of  Dr.  Hurd. 

1895 

(February  1,  1895— January  31,  1896) 

In  Dr.  Hurd's  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1896, 
we  find  an  account  of  an  addition  to  the  dispensary : 

In  accordance  with  the  recommendation  of  the  medical  board, 
the  trustees  erected,  during  the  summer  of  1895,  in  connection 
with  the  dispensary  four  class-rooms  for  the  accommodation  of 
classes  from  the  medical  school. 

Dr.  Hurd  in  this  report  also  records  the  death  of  one  of  the 
most  picturesque  members  of  the  hospital  family : 

Upon  the  16th  day  of  October,  1895,  Mr.  L.  Winder  Emory,  who 
had  discharged  the  duties  of  purveyor  with  conspicuous  ability 
and  fidelity,  died  suddenly  of  angina  pectoris.  The  vacancy  thus 
created  was  filled  January  1,  1896,  by  the  appointment  of  E.  H. 
Read,  of  Baltimore,  who  immediately  entered  upon  the  discharge 
of  his  duties. 

1896 

(February  1,  1896— January  31,  1897) 
THE  CLINICAL  LABOKATOEY 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1897, 
Dr.  Hurd  refers  to  the  new  clinical  laboratory : 

By  an  unexpected  gift  of  $10,000  from  a  generous  donor,  whose 
name  we  are  prohibited  to  mention,  it  has  been  practicable  to 
erect  a  large  and  convenient  clinical  laboratory  for  the  use  of 
the  hospital  and  medical  school  between  the  amphitheatre  and 

(38) 


EXTRACTS  PROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


dispensary.  This  portion  of  the  building,  which  was  formerly  one 
story  in  height,  has  now  been  raised  to  three  stories,  and  the 
additional  room  furnishes  ample  accommodation  for  medical 
classes. 

Miss  Nutting's  report  to  the  superintendent  for  the  year 
1896  announces  the  inauguration  of  the  three-year  course  in 
the  Training  School  for  Nurses. 

The  demand  for  information  concerning  the  school  remains 
about  as  usual: 

The  number  of  written  applications  for 

circulars   1143 

Applicants  formally  considered 160 

Accepted  applicants    61 

Among  the  acknowledgments  for  the  year  ending  January 
31,  1897,  Dr.  Hurd  mentions  Mr.  Spence's  gift  of  a  reproduc- 
tion of  Thorwaldsen's  statue  of  Christ: 

One  of  the  most  noteworthy  and  appropriate  gifts  which  the 
hospital  has  ever  received  is  a  reproduction  of  Thorwaldsen's 
celebrated  statue  of  Christ,  by  Stein  of  Copenhagen,  which  has 
been  placed  in  the  rotunda  through  the  liberality  of  William 
Wallace  Spence  *  of  Baltimore.  A  full  account  of  the  interesting 
exercises  at  the  unveiling  of  this  statue,  together  with  the  ad- 
dresses delivered  on  that  occasion,  was  published  in  the  Buixetin 
for  January,  1897. 

The  superintendents  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31, 
1897,  gives  for  the  first  time  the  "  By-Laws,  Eules  and  Regu- 
lations of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.''  A  perusal  of  this 
18-page  article  gives  a  most  illuminating  idea  of  the  inner 
working  of  this  hospital. 


*  The  reader  will  be  interested  to  know  that  Mr.  Spence 
rounded  out  his  century— he  died  a  short  time  after  his  100th 
birthday. 

(39) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


1897 

(February  1,  1897— January  31,  1898) 

In  1897  the  first  class  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School 
received  their  degrees  from  The  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
and  the  12  students  who  stood  highest  in  their  class  were 
eligible  for  positions  in  the  hospital.  Dr.  Hnrd  in  his  report 
for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1898,  says: 

Beginning  with  the  first  of  September,  1897,  12  members  of  the 
graduating  class  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School  are  in 
future  to  be  appointed  resident  medical  officers.  These  physicians 
are  divided  into  three  groups,  and  serve  four  months  in  each 
department  of  hospital  service,  the  service  being  determined  by 
lot.  In  this  manner  each  resident  medical  officer  secures  four 
months  service  in  medicine,  surgery  and  gynecology. 

In  addition  to  these  resident  medical  officers,  the  resident 
physician,  surgeon  and  gynecologist  each  is  supplied  with  a  first 
and  second  assistant,  who  are  appointed  from  those  who  have 
had  previous  hospital  experience.  The  working  of  this  plan  has 
thus  far  been  satisfactory. 

In  accordance  with  this  arrangement  the  following-named  per- 
sons were  appointed  resident  medical  officers  * :  Drs.  G.  L.  Hunner. 
J.  F.  Mitchell,  0.  B.  Pancoast,  L.  P.  Hamburger,  Thomas  R.  Brown, 
E.  L.  Opie,  R.  P.  Strong,  W.  G.  MacCallum,  W.  S.  Davis,  I.  P. 
Lyon,  C.  A.  Penrose  and  Mary  S.  Packard. 

The  rotation  system  was  abandoned  after  a  few  years. 


*  Taken  as  a  whole  this  was  the  most  remarkable  group  that 
has  ever  graduated  from  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School. 
Several  of  them  have  international  reputations. 

Dr.  Walter  S.  Davis  died  in  September,  1898,  and  in  the  Annual 
Report  of  the  Hospital  for  that  year  Dr.  Hurd  paid  a  fitting  tribute 
to  his  worth. 

Recently  Dr.  Clement  Andariese  Penrose,  another  member  of 
this  group,  died.     He  received  his  A.  B.  degree  from  The  Johns 

(40) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Dr.  Hurd's  report  for  this  year  also  contains  an  account  of 
the  addition  to  the  gynecological  operating  room  rendered 
possible  by  the  generosity  of  Dr.  Howard  A.  Kelly,  who  gave 
$5000  to  assist  in  defraying  the  expenses. 


Hopkins  University  in  1893  and  immediately  entered  the  Medical 
School,  After  his  year  as  intern  he  located  in  Baltimore  and  in  a 
few  years  was  recognized  as  one  of  the  most  promising  of  the 
younger  physicians. 

In  1903  he  served  as  Vice-Director  and  Surgeon  of  the  Bahama 
Expedition.  His  report  of  the  medical  conditions  noted  on  the  trip 
is  very  interesting.  The  most  valuable  paper  was  that  on  Leprosy, 
This  paper  graphically  depicted  the  deplorable  condition  existing 
in  the  Bahamas  due  to  leprosy  and  to  degeneracy  resulting  from 
close  intermarriage. 

In  the  spring  of  1917  he  was  appointed  Chairman  of  the  Bal- 
timore Food  Economy  Commission  and  did  much  to  further  food 
conservation. 

In  August  1917  he  was  commissioned  major  in  the  United  States 
Army  and  was  sent  by  the  surgeon  general  to  make  an  exhaustive 
study  on  army  sanitation  in  the  English  and  French  armies. 
General  Gorgas  in  speaking  of  Dr.  Penrose's  report  said:  "This 
report  has  been  of  great  value  to  the  Medical  Department  of  the 
United  States  Army," 

After  completing  his  work  on  sanitation  he  took  charge  of  a 
three-hundred  bed  hospital  at  Gondricourt,  France.  Here  he 
contracted  a  septic  bronchitis  which  nearly  caused  his  death  at  the 
time.    He  partially  recovered  but  was  left  with  an  impaired  heart. 

He  returned  to  America  late  in  December  and  for  a  time  was 
able  to  resume  his  practice.  In  March  1919  the  infection  again 
became  pronounced.  He  gradually  lost  ground  and  died  early  on 
the  morning  of  July  4,  1919. 

Penrose  was  an  excellent  medical  consultant,  a  man  of  rare 
judgment,  beloved  by  his  patients  and  a  loyal  friend.  His  death 
was  a  great  loss  to  the  citizens  of  Baltimore. 

(41) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


In  Dr.  Hurd's  report  for  this  year  scholarships  and  honor- 
able mention  in  the  Training  School  for  Nurses  are  recorded 
for  the  first  time. 

Dr.  Hnrd  says : 

The  experience  of  another  year  has  demonstrated  the  feasibility 
and  desirability  of  extending  the  course  of  training  of  nurses 
from  two  to  three  years.  The  changes  in  the  course  of  study 
have  enabled  nurses  to  spend  more  time  in  learning  the  funda- 
mental branches  of  their  work,  and  the  shortening  of  hours  of 
duty  has  enabled  them  to  bring  greater  freshness  and  vigor  of 
mind  to  their  studies  and  regular  duties.  The  result  has  been 
to  improve  the  standard  of  nursing,  and  to  give  a  greater  state 
of  efficiency  to  the  school  than  it  has  ever  previously  had. 


(42) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Chapter  VI 

EXTRACTS    FEOM    THE    JOHNS'    HOPKHSTS 
HOSPITAL  ANNUAL  REPORTS  FOR 

1898-1905 

1898 

(February  1,  1898— January  31,  1899) 

In  his  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1899,  refer- 
ence is  made  to  an  incident  that  cast  a  pall  over  the  hospital 
family.    It  is  vividly  remembered  to  this  day : 

It  is  my  sad  duty  to  report  the  death  of  Dr.  L.  E.  Livingood 
who  had  filled  the  position  of  assistant  resident  pathologist  for 
two  years,  and  who  had  secured  a  leave  of  absence  to  go  to 
Europe  for  further  study.  He  left  his  duties  July  1  and  was 
drowned  a  few  days  after  in  the  destruction  of  the  ill-fated 
steamer  La  Bourgoyne.  He  possessed  unusual  ability,  great  in- 
dustry and  a  finely  trained  mind,  a  combination  of  qualities  which 
gave  every  promise  of  success  as  a  teacher  and  research  worker. 
In  his  death  the  hospital  and  the  medical  school  have  experi- 
enced a  severe  loss. 

The  hospital  lost  another  of  its  yonng  medical  men  during 
this  year,  Dr.  Walter  S.  Davis  died  of  Addison's  disease  on 
September  27,  1898.    In  referring  to  him  Dr.  Hurd  says : 

Dr.  Davis  was  full  of  energy  and  enthusiasm,  and  during  his 
medical  course  and  his  year  of  hospital  residence  showed  him- 
self thorough  in  his  work,  conscientious  in  the  discharge  of  duties 
and  efficient  and  faithful  in  all  he  attempted  to  do.  His  teachers 
and  associates  anticipated  high  success  for  him  in  his  chosen 
profession,  and  all  lament  his  untimely  death. 

(43) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


A  glance  through  the  list  for  this  year  of  those  who  secTired 
scholarships  in  nursing  is  particularly  interesting.  Among 
the  names  in  the  senior  class  is  Elsie  Lawler,  our  present 
superintendent  of  nurses.  In  the  junior  class  the  name  of 
Agnes  Hartridge,  one  of  the  present  assistant  superintendents 
of  the  hospital.  The  steady  advancement  of  these  two  mem- 
bers of  the  training  school  for  nurses  is  ample  proof  that 
Miss  Nutting  made  no  mistake  in  her  selection  of  her  pupils 
meriting  scholarships. 

1899 

(February  1,  1899— January  31,  1900) 

GRADUATES  FILLING  POSITIONS  AS  SUPERINTENDENTS  OF  TRAIN- 
ING SCHOOLS  FOR  NURSES 

One  of  the  most  interesting  items  in  the  report  for  the  year 
ending  January  31,  1900,  is  a  list  of  the  graduates  of  the 
training  school  who  are  filling  positions  as  superintendents  of 
training  schools  for  nurses.  This  list  contains  the  names  of 
24  graduates  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Training  School  who  are 
now  themselves  the  heads  of  training  schools.  Nothing  could 
show  more  graphically  how  much  the  graduates  of  this  school 
are  appreciated  throughout  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

1900 

(February  1,  1900— January  31,  1901) 

In   the  report  for  the   year   ending   January   31,    1901, 

Dr.  Hurd  refers  especially  to  Volumes  VIII  and  IX  of  The 

Johns  HopJcins  Hospital  Reports: 

The  past  year  has  been  one  of  considerable  activity  in  the  pub- 
lications of  the  hospital.  Volume  VIII  of  the  Reports,  containing 
exhaustive  studies  by  Dr.  Osier  and  his  staff  in  typhoid  fever, 
has  recently  been  published,  and  Volume  IX,  which  contains  38 

(44) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


elaborate  articles  prepared  originally  by  his  students  to  celebrate 
the  25th  anniversary  of  the  doctorate  of  Professor  W.  H.  Welch, 
the  pathologist  of  the  hospital,  was  published  in  April  last  and 
constitutes  a  volume  of  nearly  1100  pages.  In  point  of  excellence 
of  matter  and  thorough  presentation  of  scientific  work  the  volume 
is  fully  equal,  if  not  superior,  to  any  of  similar  character  ever 
published  in  this  country. 

In  addition,  the  Bulletin  has  been  regularly  published  with 
increasingly  valuable  contributions  each  month.  Volume  XI 
which  was  completed  with  the  December  issue,  contains  340  pages 
and  numerous  illustrations. 

1901 

(February  1,  1901— January  31,  1902) 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  190-2, 
Dr.  Hurd  again  refers  to  the  great  value  of  The  Johns  Hop- 
Kiisrs  Hospital  Bulletin  and  of  the  Reports.    He  says : 

Volume  X  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Reports  is  in  progress 
and  will  be  completed  during  the  present  summer.  The  Bulletin 
of  the  hospital  has  been  issued  monthly  during  the  year  and 
has  now  reached  an  annual  volume  of  nearly  400  pages.  It  is 
gratifying  to  observe  how  extensively  it  is  circulated  and  quoted 
both  in  this  country  and  in  Europe.  It  is  evident  that  this  pub- 
lication has  made  a  permanent  place  for  itself  in  medical  litera- 
ture and  our  publishers  inform  me  that  the  series  of  volumes  is 
already  in  active  demand  to  supply  libraries.  The  papers  pre- 
sented in  it  during  the  past  12  years  form,  in  fact,  a  good  com- 
mentary upon  the  advance  of  scientific  medicine  in  America. 

During  the  past  year,  it  may  be  added,  the  volume  of  the  Bul- 
letin has  furnished  upward  of  900  octavo  pages  of  reading  matter. 

Dr.  Hurd  also  mentions  the  substantial  addition  to  the 
public  gynecological  ward : 

During  the  year,  in  order  to  furnish  additional  accommodations 
for  patients  recovering  from  gynecological  operations,  and  to 
secure  facilities  for  an  examining  room  and  laboratory  in  connec- 

(45) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


tion  with  this  ward,  Dr.  Kelly,  with  great  liberality,  gave  to  the 
hospital  the  sum  of  $10,000.  This  sum  has  been  expended  in  build- 
ing upon  the  north  side  of  the  public  gynecological  ward,  a  large 
two-story  annex  which  affords  accommodations  for  12  patients. 

The  superintendent  also  gave  a  complete  list  of  the  larger 
donations  made  to  the  hospital  from  the  time  of  its  completion 
up  to  the  end  of  1901. 

1902 

(February  1,  1902 — January  31,  1903) 

From  Miss  Nutting's  report  to  Dr.  Hurd  for  the  year  ending 
January  31,  1903,  we  learn  of  the  esteem  in  which  graduates 
of  the  training  school  are  held.  This  is  shown  by  the  large 
number  of  requests  for  nurses  to  fill  important  positions  in 
other  schools : 

Letters  requesting  us  to  send  our  graduates  to  fill  positions  as 
follows: 

Superintendents    26 

Assistants    6 

Head  nurses    15 

1903 

(February  1,  1903— January  31,  1904) 

Nearly  every  hospital  board  of  trustees  has  its  period  of 
anxiety  and  perplexity  wondering  just  how  it  will  meet  its 
financial  obligations.  The  trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  have  been  men  of  affairs — men  possessing  a  broad 
vision — and  they  have  in  every  instance  found  their  way  out  of 
the  dilemma.    Early  in  1904,*  however,  without  a  day's  warn- 


*  As  it  often  requires  six  months  to  assemble  the  data  of  the 
preceding  year  the  annual  report  appears  about  the  middle  of 
the  following  year;  hence  the  Baltimore  fire  of  February,  1904, 
was  mentioned  in  the  report  for  1908. 

(46) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


ing,  their  annual  income  was  for  the  time  being  markedly 
impaired.  Dr.  Hurd  in  his  annual  report  published  early  in 
1904  refers  to  this  critical  period  in  the  hospital's  career  in 
detail : 

To  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital: 

Gentlemen. — The  close  of  the  past  year  of  the  hospital  has 
been  marked  by  the  most  serious  calamity  which  has  befallen 
the  hospital  during  its  existence.  On  the  morning  of  February  7, 
almost  before  it  had  been  possible  to  sum  up  the  results  of  the 
operations  of  the  previous  fiscal  year,  which  closed  February  1, 
a  general  conflagration  swept  over  the  city  of  Baltimore  and 
proved  most  disastrous  to  the  real  and  lease-hold  property  of 
the  hospital.  During  the  fire  64  stores,  warehouses  and  ofiice 
buildings,  widely  scattered  in  the  business  portion  of  the  city, 
representing  an  assessed  valuation  of  more  than  a  million  and 
a  quarter  dollars,  were  destroyed,  entailing  a  loss  of  income 
for  at  least  two  years  of  about  $120,000.  A  portion  of  this  loss 
was  made  up  by  insurance.  In  accordance,  however,  with  the 
policy  of  the  hospital,  an  insurance  liad  not  been  secured  against 
a  total  loss,  but  merely  for  a  sum  which  had  been  deemed  suf- 
ficient to  provide  for  rebuilding  in  case  of  partial  destruction 
by  fire.  The  results,  however,  proved  that  such  insurance  was 
wholly  inadequate  to  repair  the  effects  of  a  wide-spread  calamity, 
and  a  loss  of  capital  funds  of  between  $300,000  and  $400,000 
resulted. 

For  several  weeks  thereafter  great  anxiety  was  felt  lest  it  should 
become  necessary  to  curtail  seriously  the  work  of  the  hospital 
by  closing  wards  and  cutting  down  the  staff  of  nurses  and 
employes.  Through  the  liberality,  however,  of  Mr.  John  D.  Rocke- 
feller, of  New  York,  who  had  familiarized  himself  thoroughly 
with  the  work  of  the  hospital,  its  financial  standing,  and  its  loss 
of  income  and  capital,  a  half  million  dollars  have  been  placed  at 
the  disposal  of  th©  trustees  to  repair  these  losses  and  to  enable 
the  work  to  go  on  without  diminution.  Never  was  assistance 
more  timely  to  the  institution.  The  magnitude  of  the  work  of 
the  hospital  and  the  need  of  increasing  clinical  facilities  to  meet 

(47) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


the  growing  demands  of  the  medical  school  had  hitherto  con- 
sumed all  its  income  and  had  left  no  available  fund  to  meet  the 
unforeseen  emergency  of  rebuilding  its  warehouses.  Hence  the 
peculiarly  timely  character  of  the  aid  afforded  by  Mr.  Rockefeller, 
and  the  critical  condition  of  the  institution  without  such  assis- 
tance. The  thanks  of  the  medical  staff  of  the  hospital  and  of 
the  officers  of  the  medical  school  are  due  to  him  for  his  prompt 
and  generous  recognition  of  the  educational  work  of  the  hospital. 

At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital  on  Thursday,  April  7,  1904,  the  following  action 
was  unanimously  taken  in  reference  to  the  gift  of  Mr.  Rockefeller: 

"  In  view  of  the  donation  of  $500,000  made  to  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital  by  John  D.  Rockefeller: 

"Resolved,  That  the  Trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
desire  to  express  their  grateful  appreciation  of  the  gift  of  Mr. 
John  D.  Rockefeller  to  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  announced 
to  the  trustees  by  his  son,  Mr.  John  D.  Rockefeller,  Jr.,  in  a 
letter  to  Dr.  William  Osier.  This  munificent  donation  will  enable 
the  hospital  to  continue  its  works  of  charity,  medical  education, 
medical  research  and  the  training  of  nurses;  and  the  trustees 
hope  and  believe  that  by  a  wise  use  of  this  donation  they  will  be 
able  to  expand  and  improve  the  great  institution  committed  to 
their  custody." 

The  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1904,  contains 
the  following  sentence :  "  In  the  out-patient  obstetrical  de- 
partment there  were  285  cases  treated,  with  no  deaths."  This 
speai:s  volumes  for  the  splendid  work  being  done  by  the 
obstetrical  department. 

This  year  brought  another  liberal  donation  to  the  hospital. 

Through  the  liberality  of  Mr.  Henry  Phipps,  of  Pittsburgh,  the 
sum  of  $20,000  has  been  given  to  the  trustees  of  the  hospital  to 
increase  the  facilities  of  the  out-patient  department  for  the  study 
and  treatment  of  tubercular  patients.  It  was  the  wish  of  the 
donor  that  one-half  of  this  sum  should  be  used  to  construct  a 
separate  dispensary  for  tubercular  patients  so  as  to  render  it 


(48) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


possible  to  segregate  these  from  other  patients.  It  was  his  fur- 
ther wish  that  the  remaining  $10,000  should  he  so  invested  that 
the  income  may  serve  to  promote  special  work  and  investigation. 

In  this  report  Dr.  Hurd  quotes  extensively  from  a  scholarly 
paper  by  a  member  of  the  hospital  staff.  This  article  is 
entitled  "  The  Eelation  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  to 
Medical  Education  and  the  Promotion  of  Medical  Knowl- 
edge." It  gives  a  clear  and  concise  view  of  the  close  connec- 
tion between  the  work  of  the  hospital  and  the  medical  school. 
It  takes  up  in  succession : 

1.  Construction  of  the  hospital. 

2.  Medical  organization  of  the  hospital. 

3.  Relation  of  the  hospital  to  medical  education. 

4.  Relation  of  the  hospital  to  the  advancement  of  medical 
knowledge. 

5.  The  treatment  of  patients. 

6.  The  Training  School  for  Nurses. 

7.  Relation  of  the  medical  school  to  the  university  and  to 
the  hospital. 

This  paper  should  be  read  by  all  interested  in  medical 
teaching  and  in  hospital  management. 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1904,  we 
find  the  first  annual  report  of  the  x-ray  department.  Dr.  F.  H. 
Baetjer  has  been  in  charge  of  this  department  from  its  incep- 
tion up  to  the  present  time.  He  has  made  an  unusual  success 
of  this  important  branch  of  the  work. 

In  the  annual  report  for  1903  Dr.  Hurd  has  made  a  notable 
innovation.  He  gives  a  complete  list  of  the  trustees  of  the 
hospital  from  1867  to  the  present.  There  is  also  a  complete 
list  of  the  officers  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  from  1889 

(49) 

4 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


to  1903.  This  list  includes  not  only  all  the  senior  members  of 
the  staff,  but  also  every  resident  physician,  resident  surgeon, 
resident  gynecologist,  resident  obstetrician,  resident  patholo- 
gist, assistant  resident  physician,  assistant  resident  surgeon, 
assistant  resident  gynecologist,  assistant  resident  obstetrician, 
assistant  resident  pathologist,  and  every  house  medical  officer. 
It  is  in  reality  an  up-to-date  directory  of  every  medical  man 
who  is  or  has  been  connected  with  the  hospital  since  its  open- 
ing.   It  will  be  of  the  greatest  value  in  succeeding  years. 

1904 

(February  1,  1904— January  31,  1905) 

Dr.  Hurd  in  his  report  for  this  year  refers  to  the  new  clinical 
building. 

The  amphitheatre  and  surgical  building,  to  which  reference 
was  made  in  the  last  report,  were  completed  and  made  ready  for 
occupancy  in  October,  1904.  A  full  description  was  given  in  the 
last  report,  and  need  not  be  repeated  here. 

The  building  has  proven  extremely  useful,  and  has  added  very 
much  to  the  convenience  of  the  surgeons  in  their  operative  work, 
and  has  afforded  needed  facilities  for  those  who  are  engaged  in 
teaching. 

The  basement  of  the  building  has  been  fitted  up  for  a  genito- 
urinary clinic,  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  H.  H.  Young. 

The  new  surgical  building  and  clinical  amphitheatre  were  for- 
mally opened  on  October  5,  1904.  Appropriate  addresses  were 
made  by  Henry  D.  Harlan,  president  of  the  Board  of  Trustees; 
Dr.  Lewis  A.  Stimson,  of  New  York;  Dr.  T.  Clifford  AUbutt,  of 
Cambridge,  England;  Dr.  A.  Jacobi,  of  New  York;  and  Dr.  D.  C. 
Oilman,  ex-president  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  University.  At  the 
unveiling  of  the  tablet  in  memory  of  Dr.  Jesse  W.  Lazear,  ad- 
dresses were  made  by  Dr.  James  Carroll,  of  the  United  States 
Army,  and  by  Dr.  William  S.  Thayer. 

(50) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Dr.  Hurd  in  this  report  also  refers  to  the  opening  of  the 
Phipps  Tuberculosis  Dispensary. 

The  Phipps  dispensary  was  opened  with  appropriate  ceremonies 
on  the  21st  of  February  of  the  present  year.  Short  addresses 
were  made  by  Mr.  Henry  Phipps;  Dr.  William  Osier;  Dr.  H.  M. 
Biggs,  of  New  York  City;  and  Dr.  Henry  Barton  Jacobs,  presi- 
dent of  the  Laennec  Society,  a  society  for  the  study  of  tuberculosis. 

Mr.  Phipps  subsequently  gave  $5000  to  be  used  for  the  purchase 
of  books  and  apparatus  and  for  the  endowment  of  the  dispensary. 
Under  the  arrangements  which  were  made,  the  sum  of  $10,000 
from  Mr.  Phipps's  former  donation  was  used  in  the  construc- 
tion of  the  Phipps  dispensary,  and  the  remaining  $10,000  was 
set  aside  as  a  permanent  endowment. 

1905 

(February  1,  1905— January  31,  1906) 

The  effects  of  the  fire  were  felt  for  a  long  period  of  time, 
and  in  Dr.  Hurd^s  report  to  the  trustees  for  the  year  ending 
January  31,  1906,  we  find  the  following  reference  to  the 
financial  stress  that  was  still  felt  by  the  hospital : 

The  work  of  the  hospital  during  the  past  year  has  been  at- 
tended with  unusual  cares  and  anxieties,  due  largely  to  the  dis- 
turbed jBnances  of  the  institution,  consequent  upon  a  diminution 
of  income.  When  the  last  report  was  presented,  it  was  hoped 
that,  by  speedy  rebuilding,  increased  rentals  from  the  buildings 
which  were  erected  might  become  available  at  an  early  day  so 
that  the  necessity  of  pinching  economy  might  be  removed.  Un- 
fortunately, however,  the  expense  and  delays  of  rebuilding,  due 
to  the  rush  to  erect  a  large  number  of  buildings  at  the  same  time 
in  the  burnt  area,  rendered  it  impossible  to  regain  the  full  income 
of  the  hospital  during  any  portion  of  the  year,  and  we  are  forced 
to  conclude  It  with  a  large  deficit.  It  is  hoped  that  the  coming 
year  will  be  more  prosperous. 

(51) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


EESIGN-ATION"  OF  DK.  OSLER 

The  departure  of  Professor  Osier  wrenched  the  heart-strings 
of  each  and  all  of  the  Hopkins  family.  Dr.  Hurd  in  his  report 
said: 

In  May  last  Dr.  William  Osier,  who  had  filled  the  position  of 
physician-in-chlef  to  the  hospital  since  its  opening  in  1889,  re- 
signed to  accept  the  position  of  professor  of  medicine  at  the 
University  of  Oxford.  This  closed  a  most  faithful,  eflSicient  and 
active  service  on  the  part  of  Professor  Osier,  covering  a  period 
of  16  years.  During  this  time  he  had  given  himself  untiringly 
to  the  work  of  the  hospital  and  had  won  reputation  as  one  of  the 
most  accomplished  clinical  teachers  in  America.  Through  his 
energy  and  foresight  the  organization  of  the  medical  service  of 
the  hospital  was  early  perfected,  and  his  long  period  of  service 
enabled  him  to  fully  develop  the  plans  formed  upon  his  coming 
to  the  hospital.  He  was  much  beloved  by  his  patients  and  by 
the  members  of  the  medical  staff.  The  trustees  in  his  departure 
have  lost  an  inspiring  and  a  stimulating  personality.  It  is  grati- 
fying to  know  that  he  is  to  return  at  stated  intervals  to  Balti- 
more, in  order  to  keep  himself  in  touch  with  the  work  of  the 
hospital  and  of  the  medical  school. 

APPOINTMENTS  OF  DE.  BARKER  AND  DR.  THAYER 

To  fill  the  vacancy  occasioned  by  the  resignation  of  Dr.  Osier, 
Dr.  Lewellys  F.  Barker,  of  the  University  of  Chicago,  once  an 
intern  and  later  a  resident  pathologist  in  the  hospital,  and  for 
several  years  a  teacher  in  the  medical  school,  was  appointed  phy- 
sician-in-chief, and  Dr.  William  S.  Thayer,  for  many  years  resi- 
dent physician  at  the  hospital,  and  former  associate  in  medicine, 
was  appointed  associate  physician.  Under  the  experienced  guid- 
ance of  these  able  men,  it  is  confidently  felt  that  the  medical 
work  of  the  hospital  will  continue  with  undiminished  efficiency. 

The  accommodation  for  children  in  the  past  had  been  totally 
inadequate  and  through  the  cooperation  of  the  trustees  of  the 

(52) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Harriet  Lane  Home  and  those  of  the  hospital  it  looked  as  if 
ample  facilities  would  be  afforded. 

Miss  Helen  Skip  worth  Wilmer,  a  graduate  of  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Training  School  for  Nurses,  gave  $30,000  in  memory 
of  her  father,  and  the  trustees  contemplated  using  this  money 
in  erecting  an  additional  building  for  the  accommodation  of 
the  ever-increasing  number  of  pupil  nurses. 

Dr.  Hurd  in  his  report  on  these  projects  said : 

By  the  will  of  the  late  Mrs.  Harriet  Lane  Johnston,  of  Washing- 
ton, a  home  for  invalid  children  from  the  state  of  Maryland  has 
recently  been  established  with  an  ample  endowment,  to  be  known 
as  the  Harriet  Lane  Home  for  Invalid  Children  of  Baltimore  City. 
After  considerable  thought  upon  the  matter,  the  trustees  of  the 
home  deemed  it  wise  to  establish  a  working  relation  between  the 
proposed  institution  and  some  well-organized  hospital.  Accord- 
ingly, upon  mature  consideration  on  the  part  of  the  trustees  of 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and  of  the  Home  for  Invalid 
Children  an  arrangement  has  been  made  whereby  the  home  will 
be  placed  as  a  children's  hospital  for  medical  and  surgical  cases 
upon  the  grounds  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  The  hospital 
will  provide  a  site  for  the  building  free  of  charge,  furnish  heat 
and  light,  and  assume  the  maintenance  and  nursing  of  the  children 
at  a  specified  price.  The  home  will  remain  under  the  charge  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees  as  established  by  its  founder,  and  an  agree- 
ment has  been  made  which  will  insure  a  wholly  harmonious  rela- 
tion between  the  two  institutions. 

In  December  last  Miss  Helen  Skipworth  Wilmer,  of  Baltimore, 
offered  to  the  hospital  the  sum  of  $30,000  to  be  used  to  erect  a 
memorial  to  her  father,  the  late  Skipworth  Wilmer,  Esquire,  a 
prominent  citizen  of  Baltimore,  and  for  a  number  of  years  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 
Mr.  Wilmer,  during  his  entire  connection  with  the  hospital,  felt 
a  special  interest  in  the  education  of  nurses,  and  it  seems  pecu- 
liarly fitting  that  his  daughter  should  thus  desire  to  perpetuate 

(53) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


his  memory.  The  trustees  have  accepted  the  gift,  and  propose 
to  erect  in  connection  with  the  nurses'  home  an  additional  build- 
ing to  be  used  as  dormitories  for  the  nurses. 

Strangers  going  to  and  from  the  hospital  often  linger  to 
examine  the  sim  dial  and  in  sunny  weather  to  see  how  closely 
their  watches  tally  with  the  dial. 

Mr.  George  K.  McGaw,  one  of  the  trustees  of  the  hospital,  has 
placed  in  the  circle  upon  the  terrace  immediately  in  front  of  the 
hospital  entrance  an  ornamental  bronze  sun  dial  upon  a  pedestal, 
after  a  novel  design  by  Albert  C.  Crehore,  of  Yonkers,  N.  Y.,  and 
so  arranged  as  to  tell  the  time  during  the  entire  day  as  well  as 
the  time  of  sun-rise  and  sun-set  throughout  the  year.  This 
dial  from  its  original  design  and  beautiful  workmanship  is  highly 
ornamental  to  the  grounds  of  the  hospital. 

AWAED  AT   THE  LOUISIANA   PURCHASE   EXPOSITION 

In  1904  the  Maryland  Commission  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase 
Exposition  made  an  appropriation  of  $700  to  defray  the  expenses 
of  transporting  and  setting  up  an  exhibit  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Training  School  for  Nurses  at  St.  Louis. 

The  exhibit  was  duly  installed  under  the  direction  of  Miss  Ross, 
and  excited  much  interest  among  those  who  visited  the  exposition. 
The  grand  prize,  consisting  of  a  diploma  and  a  bronze  medal, 
was  awarded  by  the  Board  of  Awards.  Unfortunately,  owing  to 
the  high  price  of  labor  and  the  difficulties  incident  to  the  trans- 
portation of  the  exhibit  and  fitting  it  up  in  St.  Louis,  an  indebted- 
ness of  about  $350  was  incurred,  which  was  assumed  personally 
by  Mr.  William  A,  Marburg,  one  of  the  members  of  the  Maryland 
commission  and  a  trustee  also  of  the  hospital. 


(54) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


Chapter  VII 

EXTRACTS    FROM    THE    JOHNS'    HOPKINS 
HOSPITAL  ANNUAL  REPORTS   FOR 

1906-1911 

1906 

(February  1,  1906— January  31,  1907) 

The  report  for  1906  was  made  by  Dr.  Rupert  Norton,  who 
had  been  appointed  acting  superintendent  during  the  super- 
intendent's absence.  In  his  report  to  the  trustees  Dr.  Norton 
says : 

In  the  absence  of  Dr.  Henry  M.  Hurd,  superintendent,  to  whom 
you  have  granted  a  year's  leave  of  absence  to  date  from  Novem- 
ber 1,  1906,  I  have  the  honor  to  submit  the  following  report  on 
the  work  of  the  hospital  during  the  year  ending  January  31,  1907. 

Since  the  last  report  was  presented  the  hospital  has  had  a  most 
successful  financial  year,  and  it  looks  as  though  the  coming  years 
would  be  free  of  many  of  those  cares  and  anxieties  which  have 
troubled  the  hospital  in  the  past;  the  present  year  ends  with  a 
small  surplus  to  its  credit. 

Dr.  Norton's  report  also  chronicles  the  generous  Marburg 

bequest. 

Mr.  William  A.  Marburg,  Mr.  Albert  Marburg,  Mr.  Theodore 
Marburg  and  the  Misses  Marburg  gave  to  the  hospital  the  sum  of 
$100,000  in  memory  of  their  brother  the  late  Charles  Marburg. 
The  money  was  expended  in  the  erection  of  a  four-story  private 
ward  called  "  The  Marburg."  This  building  has  enabled  the  hos- 
pital to  handle  many  more  private  patients  than  was  heretofore 
possible. 

(55) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


DR.  HURD'S  vacation 


Early  in  Xovember^  1906,  Dr.  Hurd  commenced  his  well- 
merited  yearns  leave  of  absence.  He  left  for  New  York  and 
there  boarded  a  steamer  for  Havana.  After  a  short  stay  in 
Cuba  he  journeyed  to  Mexico  and  remained  there,  visiting 
various  |)oints  of  interest,  until  January. 

In  January  he  returned  to  Baltimore,  and  in  a  short  time 
left  Boston  for  Europe  accompanied  by  Mrs.  Hurd,  Miss  Hurd 
and  Miss  Anna  Hurd.  Their  first  stop  was  at  the  Azores. 
They  thoroughly  enjoyed  a  visit  to  Gibraltar  and  to  Algiers. 
They  visited  in  succession  the  chief  cities  of  Italy  and  also 
went  to  Sicily.  After  a  stay  at  Lake  Como  they  v/ent  to 
Switzerland.  Here  Dr.  Hurd  left  his  family  and  journeyed  to 
England  where  he  renewed  many  old  acquaintanceships  and 
visited  the  asylums  and  hospitals.  He  greatly  enjoyed  an 
extended  tour  through  Scotland.  Here  also  he  was  royally 
treated. 

Leaving  Scotland  Dr.  Hurd  rejoined  his  family  in  Holland 
and  attended  the  International  Congress  of  Alienists  in 
Amsterdam. 

He  returned  to  America  thoroughly  rested  and  gTeatly 
pleased  with  what  he  had  seen  during  his  happy  year  of  leisure. 
He  resumed  his  hospital  duties  on  November  1,  1907. 

1907 

(February  1,  1907— January  31,  1908) 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1908, 
Dr.  Hurd  refers  at  length  to  the  Training  School  for  Nurses 
and  dwells  especially  on  the  loss  the  hospital  had  sustained 
through  the  resignation  of  Miss  Nutting. 

(56) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


The  Training  School  for  Nurses  during  the  past  year  has  been 
called  upon  to  part  with  its  superintendent  and  principal,  Miss 
M.  Adelaide  Nutting,  who  had  ably  supervised  its  work  since 
1894,  when  she  succeeded  Miss  Hampton,  now  Mrs.  Robb,  upon 
the  resignation  of  the  latter 

Miss  Nutting,  her  immediate  successor,  graduated  from  the  first 
class  of  nurses  trained  by  Mrs.  Robb,  and  subsequently  held  im- 
portant teaching  positions  in  the  school.  Her  connection  with  the 
school  in  fact  as  pupil  and  teacher  covered  a  period  of  about  18 
years,  and  during  this  period  she  inaugurated  many  improvements 
in  the  methods  of  teaching  which  contributed  much  to  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  school  as  we  have  it  at  present. 

Hence,  when  Miss  Nutting  decided  to  accept  the  call  to  the 
Chair  of  Institutional  Management  in  Columbia  University,  it  was 
generally  recognized  that  the  training  school  had  lost  a  most 
valuable  officer,  whose  place  would  be  filled  with  great  difficulty. 
The  best  wishes  of  the  trustees,  officers  and  pupils  of  the  hospital 
and  school  for  her  success  accompany  her  in  her  new  field  of 
labor. 

It  is  gratifying  to  be  able  to  add  that  Miss  Georgina  C.  Ross 
has  taken  up  the  work  which  Miss  Nutting  laid  down,  and  has 
prosecuted  it  with  intelligence  and  vigor.  She,  like  Miss  Nutting, 
had  been  connected  with  the  school  for  many  years.  She  was 
trained  here  as  a  nurse,  and  after  her  graduation  had  filled  many 
positions  in  connection  with  the  school.  As  acting  superintendent 
she  has  had  charge  of  the  school  for  several  months,  and  has 
discharged  a  difficult  range  of  duties  with  discretion,  faithful- 
ness and  efficiency. 


THE  DEPAETMENT  OF  SOCIAL  SERVICE 

Dr.  Hurd  in  this  report  referred  at  length  to  the  social 
service  department  which  had  just  been  inaugurated. 

It  has  long  been  evident  that  the  work  of  the  hospital,  both 
in  its  wards  and  in  the  various  out-patient  services,  has  been 

(57) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


incomplete  by  reason  of  the  limitation  of  the  sphere  of  physicians 
and  nurses,  who,  from  the  nature  of  their  connection  with  patients, 
necessarily  confine  themselves  to  the  treatment  and  care  of  their 
physical  ailments  only.  When  the  care  of  the  hospital  is  with- 
drawn and  the  patients  return  to  their  homes,  they  frequently 
lose  the  benefit  which  they  receive,  because  of  bad  social  condi- 
tions, lack  of  proper  food  and  improper  hygienic  surroundings. 
With  the  hope  of  relieving  many  of  these  conditions  and  help- 
ing to  render  permanent  the  good  received  while  under  treatment, 
the  trustees  of  the  hospital,  largely  through  the  initiative  of  Mr. 
John  M.  Glenn,  one  of  their  number,  for  many  years  closely 
identified  with  the  public  and  private  charities  of  Baltimore,  have 
established  a  department  of  social  service  under  the  special  charge 
of  Miss  Helen  B.  Pendleton,  for  many  years  a  trusted  and  effi- 
cient agent  of  the  Charity  Organization  Society  of  Baltimore.  It 
is  her  duty  to  look  after  those  persons  who  need  something  more 
than  medical  advice  and  prescriptions,  and  to  bring  them  into 
relation  with  such  charitable  agencies  or  philanthropic  persons 
as  will  enable  them  to  improve  their  former  unfavorable  condi- 
tions of  life.  She  has  in  her  work  the  advice  and  council  of  Dr. 
Charles  P.  Emerson,  who  has  for  several  years  organized  and 
directed  a  very  extensive  friendly  visiting  work  among  the  poor 
of  East  Baltimore,  and  the  assistance  and  active  cooperation  of 
a  large  number  of  friendly  visitors  from  among  the  medical  stu- 
dents of  The  Johns  Hopkins  University  and  other  charitable 
workers. 

The  work  under  Miss  Pendleton  is  still  in  its  infancy,  having 
been  fully  inaugurated  only  in  September  last,  but  its  success 
already  has  been  gratifying  and  encouraging.  A  kindred  but  less 
comprehensive  work  on  the  part  of  the  officers  of  the  hospital 
and  the  medical  students  of  the  university,  as  before  intimated, 
had  been  carried  on  under  Dr.  Emerson's  efficient  and  wise  direc- 
tion during  the  past  five  years. 


(58) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


1908 

(February  1,  1908— January  31,  1909) 
THE  PHIPPS  PSYCHIATEIC  CLIITIC 

Dr.  Hurd^s  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1909, 
speaks  of  the  Phipps  Psychiatric  Clinic. 

The  Phipps  Psychiatric  Clinic,  which  was  given  by  Mr.  Henry 
Phipps  last  June,  will  soon  be  begun,  and  arrangements  for  the 
conduct  of  this  department  upon  the  completion  of  the  building 
have  been  satisfactorily  settled.  The  architect,  Mr.  Grosvenor 
Attebury,  of  New  York,  has  the  working  plans  well  under  way. 

This  is  the  most  important  gift  that  the  hospital  has  received 
since  its  original  foundation,  and  one  which  will  undoubtedly 
add  much  to  its  usefulness.  It  is  a  matter  of  great  satisfaction 
that  we  have  been  able  to  secure  Dr.  Adolf  Meyer,  of  New  York, 
as  director,  a  man  who  in  knowledge  and  experience  ranks  with 
the  first  men  in  the  United  States  and  Europe  in  his  special 
calling. 

The  superintendent's  report  for  the  year  ending  January 
31,  1909,  contains  three  reports  of  exceptional  merit — Keport 
of  the  Phipps  Dispensary  Nurse;  Keport  of  the  Phipps  Dis- 
pensary, and  the  First  Annual  Eeport  of  the  Social  Service 
Department.  These  clearly  show  how  much  the  hospital  is 
doing  for  the  welfare  of  the  citizens  of  Baltimore  in  their  own 
homes. 

1909 
(February  1,  1909— January  31,  1910) 

In  the  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1910,  is  a 
splendid  record  of  the  work  done  by  the  new  social  service 
department. 

To  Dr.  Henry  M.  Hiird,  Superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital: 

SiB. — The  second  year  of  the  social  service  department  ending 
February,  1910,  shows  a  decided  growth  in  the  work.    There  are 

(59) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


now  980  cases  recorded  as  compared  with  414  in  the  preceding 

year 

That  the  hospital  physicians  recognize  the  usefulness  of  this 
department  is  shown  by  the  increase  in  the  number  of  cases  re- 
ferred to  us  from  the  wards.    During  the  first  year  there  were  48 

cases,  this  year  there  have  been  123 

Maegaket  p.  Beogden, 
In  charge  of 

social  service  department. 

1910 

(February  1,  1910— January  31,  1911) 

Dt.  Hurd's  report  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1911, 
refers  to  the  resignation  of  Miss  Eoss,  the  superintendent  of 
nurses  and  the  appointment  of  her  successor : 

At  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year  Miss  Ross,  in  consequence 
of  ill  health,  resigned  her  position  and  Miss  E.  M.  Lawler  was 
appointed  superintendent  of  nurses  and  principal  of  the  training 
school  in  her  place.  Miss  Ross  had  been  connected  with  the 
hospital  since  her  graduation  in  1894,  and  had  served  faithfully 
in  many  capacities  in  nursing  service.  She  devoted  herself  assidu- 
ously to  her  work,  and  her  failure  in  health  was  much  deplored 
by  all  connected  with  the  hospital.  Her  successor,  Miss  Lawler, 
is  also  a  graduate  of  the  training  school,  and  for  a  time  was 
assistant  superintendent.  Later  she  held  responsible  positions  in 
connection  with  hospitals  at  Toronto,  Ontario,  Niagara  Falls, 
N.  Y.,  and  Pittsburgh.  Her  training  has  been  varied,  her  oppor- 
tunities for  acquiring  familiarity  with  the  duties  of  superin- 
tendent have  been  unusual,  and  she  consequently  comes  to  us  an 
expert  teacher.  She  has  now  given  nearly  a  year's  faithful  ser- 
vice to  the  hospital,  and  her  success  gives  every  prospect  of 
continued  and  increasing  usefulness. 


(60) 


EXTRACTS  FROM  ANNUAL  REPORTS 


THE  PROFESSOR  OF  PSYCHIATRY 

In  this  report  Dr.  Hurd  also  referred  to  the  development 
of  the  psychiatric  department  and  to  its  director  who  had 
recently  joined  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  staff : 

The  professor  of  psychiatry,  Dr.  Adolf  Meyer,  has  been  ap- 
pointed psychiatrist  to  the  hospital,  and  although  the  psychiatric 
clinic  is  not  ready  for  occupation,  Dr.  Meyer  has  been  able  to  do 
very  effective  work  in  connection  with  the  hospital  wards  and 
the  out-patient  department.  It  seems  fortunate  that  prior  to  the 
opening  of  the  Phipps  Psychiatric  Clinic  it  has  been  possible  to 
utilize  his  services  in  connection  with  various  charitable  agencies 
in  Baltimore,  There  is  reason  to  anticipate  when  the  clinic  is 
opened  that  these  relations  may  be  productive  of  great  good  by 
promoting  cooperation  with  the  clinic  on  the  part  of  many  char- 
itable organizations. 

In  the  report  for  1910  Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  complete  list  of  the 
large  gifts  made  from  the  opening  of  the  hospital  in  1889  np 
to  the  end  of  1910. 

1911 

(February  1,  1911— January  31,  1912) 
THE  RESIGNATION  OF  DR.  HURD 

In  the  23d  report  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  for  the 

year  ending  January  31, 1912,  on  the  page  headed  "  Trustees  " 

we  find :  President,  Henry  D.  Harlan ;  vice-president,  William 

A.  Marburg;  treasurer,  John  C.  Thomas;  secretary,  Henry 

M.  Hurd,  M.  D.    On  scanning  the  report  still  further  we  read 

[page  27]  : 

In  May,  1911,  Dr.  Henry  M.  Hurd  resigned  from  the  superin- 
tendency  of  the  hospital  to  become  secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees, and  Dr.  Winford  H.  Smith,  general  medical  superintendent 
of  Bellevue  and  Allied  Hospitals,  in  New  York,  was  appointed 
his  successor. 


(61) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


Dr.  Hurd  was  the  first  superintendent  of  the  hospital,  and 
held  the  office  for  22  years.  Dr.  Kurd's  wise  administration, 
his  high  ideals,  his  example  and  his  readiness  at  all  times  to 
give  of  his  knowledge  to  others,  have  contributed  largely  to  the 
general  development  of  hospitals  throughout  the  country. 

The  man  of  small  calibre  is  prone  to  pick  out  as  his  suc- 
cessor one  who  has  even  less  ability  than  he  possesses — one 
who  by  contrast  will  compare  unfavorably  with  him.  The 
man  of  vision,  on  the  other  hand,  is  anxious  to  have  the  work 
that  he  has  carried  on  so  successfully  continue  to  broaden  out 
and  will  suggest  for  the  post  he  is  relinquishing  the  best 
available  man.  Dr.  Hurd  with  his  usual  good  judgment  of 
men  recommended  the  best  man  he  could  find.  The  wisdom 
of  his  choice  has  been  continually  evident  and  it  has  ever 
been  a  delight  to  see  how  happy  and  how  proud  Dr.  Hurd 
has  been  of  the  well-merited  success  of  his  successor.  Dr.  Win- 
ford  H.  Smith.  Dr.  Hurd's  pride  has  been  akin  to  that  of 
a  father  who  views  with  the  greatest  satisfaction  the  striking 
achievements  of  his  son;  the  more  he  accomplishes  and  the 
greater  recognition  his  work  receives  the  happier  he  is. 


(62) 


RELATIONS  WITH  HOSPITAL  STAFF 


Chapter  VIII 

DR.  HimD  IN  HIS  RELATIONS  WITH  THE 
HOSPITAL  STAFF 

When  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  opened  there  was  no 
medical  school  from  which  to  draw  hospital  interns  and  they 
consequently  were  continually  recruited  from  all  parts  of 
the  United  States  and  Canada.  This  system  had  its  advan- 
tages. Nearly  every  man  came  from  a  different  school.  The 
men  compared  notes,  told  one  another  of  the  methods  in 
vogue  in  the  school  or  hospital  from  which  they  had  come, 
and  thus  each  man  soon  became  fairly  familiar  with  what 
was  being  done  in  a  medical  way  all  over  the  country. 

Some  of  these  interns  had  had  several  years'  training  or  by 
instinct  immediately  dropped  into  line.  There  were  others 
of  us  who  were  young  and  immature  and  who  needed  careful 
and  persistent  training.  Dr.  Hurd  was  a  past  master  in 
stimulating  the  house  men  to  do  their  best.  He  did  not  molly- 
coddle them  in  the  least.  This  good  old  state  of  Maryland 
is  celebrated  for  its  Maryland  or  beaten  biscuits  and  it  is  a 
well-known  fact  that  the  more  they  are  hammered  in  the  mak- 
ing the  better  they  are.  Dr.  Hurd  with  his  keen  perception 
soon  learned  this  fact  and  he  applied  the  principle  to  good 
purpose  in  his  training  of  these  men.*  By  a  gentle  but  firm 
hint  here  and  a  rather  emphatic  suggestion  there  he  soon 


*  I  had  often  heard  of  an  interesting  interview  the  superin- 
tendent had  with  an  incoming  group  of  interns  and  also  vague 

(63) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


transformed  the  raw  recruit  into  a  splendid  house  officer. 
Some  of  the  men  in  the  beginning  hardly  knew  just  how  to 
take  this  discipline,  but  in  a  short  time  all  thoroughly  appre- 
ciated the  value  of  the  standards  set  by  the  superintendent,  and 
they  would,  later  on,  view  with  amusement  and  pleasure  the 
probationary  period  of  those  who  came  after  them.  One  and 
all  soon  came  to  realize  that  Dr.  Hurd  was  their  best  friend. 
Many  a  time  when  one  of  the  interns  was  in  deep  water — when 
illness  occurred  at  home  and  he  was  called  suddenly  away, 
some  one  would  quietly  slip  up  beside  him,  place  his  hand  on 
his  shoulder  and  casually  say  "  Can't  I  do  something  for  you  ? 


}} 


accounts  of  a  very  apt  story  related  by  the  director  on  that  occa- 
sion.   I  asked  Dr.  Hurd  if  he  would  mind  repeating  it.    Here  it  is: 

"THAT  STORY" 

"  When  the  men  who  had  been  selected  for  the  positions  of 
interns  at  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  out  of  the  first  graduating 
class  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School  came  on  duty,  they 
found  an  organization  for  their  work  which  had  already  been 
in  successful  operation  for  about  eight  years.  They  were  bright 
enterprising  students  who  were  peculiarly  receptive  to  all  new 
ideas  and  much  inclined  to  adopt  them  with  little  regard  to  their 
bearing  upon  the  former  routine  of  hospital  service.  As  all  were 
men  of  marked  ability,  some  of  the  innovations  which  they  wished 
to  inaugurate  were  improvements  without  doubt  and  made  for 
better  service,  but  the  general  effect  of  their  combined  action 
caused  confusion  and  a  lack  of  co-ordination  in  the  different 
departments.  In  fact,  since  the  changes  of  hours  of  duty  and 
general  methods  of  work  caused  so  much  trouble,  it  was  felt  that 
some  steps  were  needed  to  check  a  similar  individualism  on  the 
part  of  equally  active  and  zealous  young  men  who  were  to  enter 
hospital  service  in  succeeding  years.  After  the  interns  for  the 
coming  year  had  been  appointed  I  called  them  into  my  oflBce  for  a 
friendly  talk   about  their   duties  and  without  referring  to  the 

(64) 


RELATIONS  WITH  HOSPITAL  STAFF 


"  Don't  yoTi  need  some  money  ?  " — many  a  man  has  had  his 
load  greatly  lessened  by  this  quiet,  unostentatious  friend. 

A  former  student  recently  told  me  that  toward  the  close  of 
his  second  year  he  had  reached  the  end  of  his  resources  and  was 
preparing  to  leave  the  medical  school  and  go  to  work. 

Just  after  he  had  packed  up  and  was  arranging  to  leave 
that  night  Dr.  Hurd  met  him  in  the  hall  and  said,  "  By-the- 
way,  I  have  been  wanting  to  ask  you  how  your  father's  estate 
has  turned  out,"  and  the  young  chap  told  him  the  facts. 
Dr.  Hurd  took  him  into  his  private  office,  told  him  he  must 
under  no  circumstances  give  up  his  studies  and  insisted  on 

— — ■^^— — ^M^M^^— ^^^— ^^  I    — — I^^^^^M^— ^^^.^M^^^— ^^-^^^i^^^i^^—^^-^M^— ■— — ^^M^— ^^M— .^i^^— ^^^■^P^^^^^—  .1        Hill  m 

embarrassments  of  the  past  year  I  rehearsed  the  tale  of  the  small 
boy  who  while  on  his  way  to  school  trudging  through  the  deep 
snow  was  overtaken  by  a  gentleman,  in  a  fine  turnout  with  a 
dashing  span  of  horses,  who  kindly  asked  him  to  ride  with  him. 
The  invitation  was  joyfully  accepted  and  the  boy  was  soon  making 
fine  progress  when  the  idea  occurred  to  him  that  the  driver  of  the 
horses  was  not  driving  them  properly.  He  knew  that  he  could 
drive  them  much  better  and  suggested  a  transfer  of  the  reins 
to  him  in  order  that  he  might  display  his  superior  skill.  To  his 
great  surprise  and  discomfort  his  host  stopped  his  sleigh  and 
gravely  but  decidedly  informed  him  that  an  invitation  to  ride 
did  not  carry  with  it  the  privilege  of  driving  and  that  he  might 
get  out  if  he  thought  otherwise.  I  added  that  it  gave  the  manage- 
ment of  the  hospital  much  pleasure  to  know  that  they  were  willing 
to  ride  with  us  during  the  coming  year  and  I  felt  sure  that  such 
a  journey  together  would  be  of  great  service  to  them  and  to  the 
hospital,  but  I  deemed  it  my  duty  to  say  frankly  that  the  manage- 
ment of  the  hospital  must  do  the  driving  and  would  continue  to 
do  so  in  future  as  it  had  in  the  past. 

"  The  parable  was  promptly  and  correctly  interpreted  and  there 
was  never  any  diflaculty  in  this  respect  with  the  Interns  at  the 
hospital.  They  have  always  been  loyal  and  cooperative  in 
measures  calculated  to  add  to  the  efficiency  of  the  hospital." 

(65) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


furnishing  him  with  sufficient  funds  to  see  him  through  to  the 
end  of  the  college  year^  and  next  year  saw  that  it  was  possible 
for  him  to  continue  his  studies.  This  young  man  is  now  one 
of  the  most  promising  investigators  in  this  country.  He  told 
me  that  he  knew  of  at  least  five  or  six  other  students  who  had 
also  been  helped  out  by  the  same  generous  superintendent. 

Dr.  Hurd  did  not  hold  himself  aloof  from  the  house  staff, 
but  after  the  evening  meal  often  dropped  into  the  reading 
room  to  have  a  chat  with  the  men  congregated  there.  Every 
now  and  then  an  informal  invitation  came  to  dine  with 
Dr.  Hurd,  Mrs.  Hurd  and  his  daughters.  These  were  red 
letter  occasions — events  never  to  be  forgotten. 

Every  one  of  the  men  who  was  connected  with  the  hospital 
during  Dr.  Hurd's  time  has  a  vivid  recollection  of  that  tall, 
slender  figure  passing  silently  down  the  corridors  with  his 
head  bent  slightly  forward  and  apparently  walking  on  air,  his 
tread  was  so  light.  He  rarely  was  content  to  mount  the  stairs 
one  step  at  a  time,  he  invariably  went  up  two  at  a  time  with 
his  arms  outstretched  as  if  he  contemplated  an  aerial  flight. 

Celebrated  men  who  are  closely  associated  with  large  num- 
bers of  young  men  are  often  given  a  special  name  as  a  mark  of 
the  esteem  and  affection  in  which  they  are  held.  When  the 
men  of  the  hospital  staff  of  20  years  ago  gather  together  and 
discuss  old  times  they  always  refer  to  "  Uncle  Hank  "  with 
the  warmest  regard. 

The  visitor  to  the  hospital — the  one  who  comes  to  stay  a  few 
weeks  or  months — while  impressed  by  the  good  work  done  in 
the  various  departments  and  by  the  original  articles  published 
by  the  hospital  is  more  impressed  by  the  spirit  of  cooperation 
and  good  fellowship  that  exists  in  the  hospital  and  medical 
school.    Dr.  Hurd  and  the  "  Big  Four  " — Drs.  Osier,  Halsted, 

(66) 


RELATIONS  WITH  HOSPITAL  STAFF 


Kelly  and  Welch — have  in  large  measure  been  responsible  for 
this  delightful  atmosphere. 

Many  of  the  senior  members  of  the  hospital  staS  have  been 
geniuses  and  it  is  a  well-known  fact  that  geniuses  frequently 
become  so  engrossed  in  their  individual  subject  that  they  are 
temporarily  totally  oblivious  to  the  fact  that  other  people  have 
to  be  considered  and  that  these  people  have  precisely  the  same 
rights  and  privileges  as  they.  A  tactful,  gentle  but  firm  tug 
emanating  from  the  superintendent's  office  would  awaken  such 
an  individual  from  his  revery.  It  was  this  absolute  fairness 
on  the  part  of  Dr.  Hurd  that  won  for  him  the  confidence  and 
affection  of  the  senior  staff.  They  knew  that  they  would 
always  get  a  square  deal. 

Dr.  Hurd's  relations  to  the  trustees  have  always  been  most 
pleasant.  The  trustees  in  their  selection  of  the  first  superin- 
tendent looked  the  field  over  for  the  most  able  hospital  execu- 
tive they  could  find,  and,  when  they  had  selected  Dr.  Hurd 
and  he  had  accepted,  they  wisely  abided  by  his  mature  judg- 
ment on  all  medical  matters,  and  when  he  felt  that  it  was  wise 
for  him  to  relinquish  the  exacting  duties  as  superintendent  of 
the  hospital  they  insisted  that  he  retain  a  connection  with  the 
institution  and  made  him  secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

As  we  look  back,  it  does  seem  a  pity  that  Dr.  Hurd  did  not 
have  an  assistant  to  relieve  him  of  the  many  time-consuming 
and  incidental  details  connected  with  his  office.  It  was  not 
until  the  last  few  years  of  his  life  in  the  hospital  that  he  was 
relieved  of  these  by  the  appointment  of  the  late  Dr.  Eupert 
Norton  as  assistant  superintendent. 

Dr.  Hurd  was  an  ideal  superintendent.  In  addition  to  the 
satisfactory  administration  of  the  hospital  he  was  deeply 
interested  in  the  fundamental  education  of  the  medical  student 

(67) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


and  of  the  nurse.  He  was  continually  stimulating  the  house 
officers  to  do  their  best  and  was  ever  mindful  of  the  welfare  of 
the  patient.  He  was  no  bureaucrat,  but  a  man  who  had  the 
interest  of  all  connected  with  him  at  heart. 


(68> 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 


Chapter  IX 

PAPERS  PUBLISHED  BY  DR.   HURD  WHILE 

SUPERINTENDENT  OF  THE  JOHNS 

HOPKINS  HOSPITAL 

Most  men  after  caring  for  the  many  details  of  such  a  large 
institution  as  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and  editing  the 
Bulletin  and  Reports  would  find  little  or  no  time  for  other 
labors;  not  so  with  Dr.  Hurd.  With  the  indomitable  energy 
which  has  always  been  so  characteristic  of  him  he  kept  right 
on  with  his  literary  work,  each  year  writing  one  or  more 
articles.  His  papers  have  in  large  measure  been  limited  to 
four  main  subjects — psychiatry,  hospital  management,  medical 
education  and  the  education  of  the  nurse. 

In  1890  we  find  in  the  Maryland  Medical  Journal  a  paper 
on  "  Periodicity  in  Melancholia.^'  Dr.  Hurd  in  the  same  year 
was  chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Hospitals  for  the  United 
States  and  made  his  report  at  the  National  Conference  of 
Charities  and  Corrections  held  in  Baltimore,  May,  1890. 
Immediately  after  reading  this  report  he  addressed  the 
assemblage  on  "  The  Relation  of  the  General  Hospital  to  the 
Medical  Profession.''  In  this  address  he  clearly  outlined  what 
the  general  hospital  should  stand  for.  His  ideas  for  that 
period  were  so  advanced  that  I  quote  them. 

The  mission  of  the  general  hospital  may  be  summarized  to 
be:  (1)  To  furnish  medical  treatment  and  proper  nursing  to  the 
sick  poor,  and  especially  to  the  homeless  and  friendless;  (2)  to 
furnish  similar  treatment  to  those  who  are  able  and  willing  to 
pay  for  it,  and  especially  to  those  who  are  without  families  and 

(69) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


homes;  (3)  to  provide  aseptic  operating  rooms  where  antiseptic 
surgery  may  be  done  with  full  confidence  in  its  results — this 
confidence  being  based  upon  the  knowledge  that  all  scientific 
requirements  have  been  met  by  proper  construction  and  thorough 
management;  (4)  to  provide  instruction  in  and  full  demonstra- 
tions of  the  most  approved  methods  of  treatment  of  the  sick  to 
medical  students  and  medical  men;  (5)  to  train  capable,  high- 
minded,  self-sacrificing  women  as  nurses;  and  finally  (6)  to 
advance  medical  study  and  increase  medical  knowledge. 

It  is  evident  that  the  old-time  idea  that  the  hospital  is  designed 
for  the  destitute  and  homeless  alone  must  be  materially  modi- 
fied to  meet  the  present  exigencies  of  modern  life.  Many  persons 
in  moderate  circumstances  live  comfortably  as  long  as  they  can 
labor  and  produce,  but,  when  ill,  can  procure  skilled  medical 
attendance  and  proper  nursing  only  at  the  cost  of  future  debt 
and  a  weary  struggle  to  pay  the  obligations  incurred.  The  ex- 
penses of  living  are  constantly  increasing  [1890]  and  the  compe- 
tition of  modern  life  is  intense,  so  that  the  majority  of  laboring 
men,  of  necessity,  spend  their  earnings  as  they  receive  them, 
with  little  prospect  of  laying  up  a  reserve  for  the  traditional 
"  rainy  day."  Hence,  whether  it  be  considered  a  good  policy  or 
not,  provision  must  be  made  to  care  for  many  of  these  wage- 
earners  in  public  hospitals  in  the  event  of  long  continued  or 
serious  illness.  The  same  is  true  of  the  more  wealthy  classes. 
Many  of  them  cannot  procure  at  home  the  constant  medical  care 
and  the  thorough  nursing  required,  and  certain  portions  of  the 
public  hospital  must  be  set  apart  for  them. 

In  the  Transactions  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty 
of  Maryland  for  1891  appears  a  memoir  to  the  late  Eichard 
Gundry,  a  well-known  asylum  superintendent  and  later  a 
member  of  the  Faculty  of  the  College  of  Physicians  and  Sur- 
geons of  Baltimore.  Dr.  Gundry  was  an  old  and  valued 
friend  of  Dr.  Hurd. 

In  the  AmeHcan  Journal  of  Insanity  for  1892  Dr.  Hurd 
published  an  article  on  "  Journal  Clubs.''    In  this  paper  he 

(70) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

spoke  most  enthusiastically  of  the  value  of  such  clubs  and 
pointed  out  how  they  should  be  conducted : 

For  the  success  of  a  journal  club  it  is  essential: 

1.  That  the  work  he  made  obligatory.  It  will  not  do  to  rely 
upon  a  zeal  for  study  which  may  be  cooled  by  other  duties  or  by 
social  obligations.  The  work  should  be  made  a  part  of  the  regu- 
lar routine  of  the  institution,  and  should  not  be  pushed  aside  by 
any  trivial  matter.  The  same  rule  which  governs  excuses  from 
any  regular  professional  duty  should  govern  all  absences  from 
the  journal  club.  No  new  man  should  be  added  to  the  staff  who 
does  not  intend  to  devote  himself  as  loyally  to  this  as  to  any 
other  hospital  or  asylum  duty.  If  outsiders  are  admitted — and 
I  should  say  the  more  the  better — they  should  come  into  the 
work  under  the  same  conditions. 

2.  A  definite  hour  which  will  be  reasonably  sure  to  be  free 
from  interruption  should  be  selected,  and  rigidly  adhered  to. 
Such  an  hour  ought  not  to  be  at  the  close  of  an  exhausting  day's 
work. 

3.  The  proceedings  should  be  informal,  and  free  discussion 
should  be  expected.  The  journal  study  should  have  the  widest 
possible  range.  French,  German  and  Italian  journals  should  all 
be  laid  under  contribution. 

4.  The  work  should  be  thoroughly  supervised  by  the  superin- 
tendent or  some  person  whom  he  may  select.  Whoever  takes 
charge  of  the  club  ought  specially  to  prepare  himself  to  sum  up 
each  subject  and  to  present  its  practical  bearings  upon  the  better 
study  or  the  better  treatment  of  insanity.  This  will  often  involve 
study  and  extra  exertion;  but  such  mental  effort  is  recreative, 
and  a  grateful  change  from  routine  work. 

The  advantages  of  a  journal  club  are  manifold.  A  few  of  them 
may  be  mentioned: 

1.  It  develops  a  spirit  of  professional  study  among  the  mem- 
bers of  the  hospital  or  asylum  staff.  The  spirit  of  investigation 
and  inquiry  is  easily  lost  unless  special  efforts  are  made  to  de- 
velop it.  This  is  especially  true  where  routine  duties  constantly 
press  themselves  upon  the  attention.    Unless  a  spirit  of  study 

(71) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


and  inquiry  is  sedulously  cultivated  among  the  younger  mem- 
bers of  a  medical  staff,  the  zeal  for  professional  advancement 
speedily  disappears. 

2.  It  provides  for  the  systematic  acquisition  of  knowledge  by 
a  division  of  labor;  and  the  least  possible  waste  of  time  on  the 
part  of  each  person  concerned.  This  is  an  age  of  cooperation  in 
literary  work.  Library  and  subject  catalogues  are  undertaken 
by  associated  laborers;  and  enterprises  which  would  be  impos- 
sible to  an  individual  become  practicable  to  the  many.  Witness 
the  success  of  H.  H.  Bancroft's  gigantic  historical  enterprises. 
The  work  which  he  has  finished  by  the  aid  of  collaborators  would 
have  consumed  400  years  of  individual  effort,  had  such  a  length 
of  years  been  granted  to  the  head  of  the  undertaking.  It  is  in 
keeping  with  the  spirit  of  modern  study  to  economize  time  and 
effort  by  multiplying  workers.  Psychiatry  and  neurology  are  so 
vast  that  each  student  cannot  read  the  good,  the  bad  and  the 
indifferent.  The  grain  should  be  winnowed  before  it  is  gathered 
into  storehouses. 

3.  It  supplies  a  common  field  of  study  where  the  members  of 
the  staff  may  meet  for  contact  of  mind  with  mind.  By  means 
of  it,  individual  tastes  and  aptitudes  for  study  may  be  utilized 
for  the  common  good.  It  gives  a  broader  professional  aspect  to 
asylum  work  by  bringing  each  member  of  the  staff  into  relation 
with  the  whole  field  of  psychiatry.  It  also  effects  the  readier 
training  and  more  speedy  assimilation  of  new  members  of  the 
staff.  Young  men  come  to  asylum  work  fresh  from  medical  schools 
and  hospitals  with  a  keen  zest  for  scientific  work.  This  should 
be  utilized,  and  habits  of  regular  study  in  lines  of  psychical 
research  should  be  acquired  as  speedily  as  practicable.  The 
journal  club  will  also  contribute  materially  to  the  unification  of 
a  staff  which  may  have  been  brought  together  from  different 
schools  of  medicine.    This  is  too  often  neglected  in  large  asylums. 

In  1892  Dr.  Hurd  published  an  article  on  "Post-Febrile 
Insanity."  After  discussing  the  subject  in  detail  he  recorded 
three  cases  of  this  character  that  had  occurred  in  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital,  one  after  laparotomy  for  removal  of  dis- 

(72) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

eased  ovaries,  one  following  pneumonia  and  a  third  during 
convalescence  from  typhoid  fever. 

In  1893  we  find  an  article  entitled  "  The  Relation  of  Hos- 
pitals to  Medical  Education/^  This  appeared  in  the  Boston 
Medical  and  Surgical  Journal,  cxxix,  p.  141. 

In  the  medical  writings  of  a  physician  one  rarely  has  the 
opportunity  of  catching  a  glimpse  of  the  personal  charm  or  of 
the  depth  of  sympathy  of  the  writer.  On  October  14,  1894,  a 
meeting  was  held  in  memory  of  the  late  George  Huntington 
Williams,  professor  of  geology  in  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity. Dr.  Hurd  had  known  him  since  he  was  a  boy  and  was 
closely  related  to  him  by  family  ties.  Dr.  Hurd's  tribute  to 
his  deceased  friend  brought  out  vividly  that  personal  charm 
and  sympathy  which  has  always  so  endeared  him  to  those  with 
whom  he  has  been  closely  associated. 

In  1894  Dr.  Hurd  published  a  lengthy  article  on  "  Some 
Mental  Disorders  of  Childhood  and  Youth,"  and  in  the  Bul- 
letin of  the  American  Academy  of  Medicine,  1895-6,  an  article 
on  "  Laboratories  and  Hospital  Work." 

In  the  Maryland  Medical  Journal  for  1896  we  find  a  second 
article  on  "  Paranoia." 

In  the  American  Journal  of  Insanity  for  1895-6,  p.  477, 

Dr.  Hurd  says : 

It  has  been  the  custom  of  the  Journal  of  Insanity  during  more 
than  half  a  century  to  publish  full  details  of  new  institutions 
erected  for  the  better  care  and  treatment  of  the  insane;  hence 
the  recent  opening  of  the  new  McLean  Hospital  at  Waverly,  near 
Boston,  calls  for  more  than  a  passing  notice. 

Dr.  Hurd  then  describes  in  a  most  interesting  manner  this 
large  institution  for  the  care  of  the  insane.  He  also  gives 
illustrations  and  plans  of  the  various  buildings.  The  paper 
is  a  most  complete  one,  occupying  26  pages. 

(73) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


On  February  17,  1897,  Dr.  Hurd  gave  an  address  on  "  Hos- 
pital Organization  and  Management'*  before  the  Training 
School  for  Nurses  at  the  hospital  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania. This  was  published  in  the  University  Medical  Magor 
zine,  ix,  p.  488.  It  contains  much  of  interest  and  I  quote 
some  of  the  remarks  made  by  Dr.  Hurd  on  that  occasion. 

I  cannot  resist  the  temptation  to  say  a  word  respecting  the 
improvements  which  have  been  made  in  hospital  construction 
during  the  past  SO  years.  These  improvements  I  believe  to  be 
largely  due  to  the  experience  of  the  Crimean  War  in  Europe  and 
of  the  Civil  War  in  America.  The  first  gave  us  training  schools 
for  nurses  and  trained  nurses,  and  the  latter  improved  hospital 
construction.  These  waves  of  progress  from  the  East  and  West 
crossed  the  ocean  in  turn  and  brought  to  the  whole  world  better 
facilities  for  the  care  of  the  sick  and  better  methods  of  treatment. 

The  most  noteworthy  improvement  in  hospital  construction 
has  been  in  the  direction  of  better  sites  for  buildings,  which 
are  no  longer  crowded  into  narrow,  dingy  streets  with  unpleasant 
surroundings,  and  amidst  insalubrious  and  unsanitary  conditions, 
but  are  placed  in  open  squares,  in  commanding  situations,  where 
sunlight  and  fresh  air  can  freely  come  upon  their  joyous  and 
health-giving  missions. 

The  buildings  themselves  are  more  scattered,  and  sickness  and 
suffering  are  diluted  by  differentiation  and  segregation  rather 
than  concentrated  by  piling  one  ward  upon  another.  Hospital 
wards  also  have  been  more  conveniently  arranged  to  do  their 
appointed  work,  and  have  had  comforts  and  conveniences  in  the 
way  of  service-rooms,  tea-kitchens,  rooms  for  the  dangerously  ill 
and  dying,  and  the  like,  which  have  contributed  immeasurably 
to  the  comfort  of  the  sick.  Special  efforts  have  been  made  in 
the  construction  of  wards  to  provide  for  heating,  ventilation,  the 
isolation  of  infectious,  harmful,  or  offensive  patients,  and  for  all 
sanitary  needs.  Laboratories  for  the  investigation  of  disease  have 
also  been  built  and  fitted  with  instruments  of  precision  for  the 
more  accurate  and  scientific  study  of  disease  processes.    Operat- 


(74) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

ing  rooms  have  been  planned  and  erected  at  lavish  expense  to 
carry  out  as  strictly  as  in  a  laboratory  all  the  requirements  of 
antiseptic  surgery.  Disinfecting  plants  have  been  joined  to  every 
hospital  to  destroy  the  germs  of  disease  and  to  prevent  the  trans- 
mission of  infection  from  one  patient  to  another. 

It  is  related  that  a  surgeon-general  of  the  United  States  Army, 
now  deceased,  once  stated  that  it  was  no  part  of  the  work  of  the 
army  medical  corps  to  study  disease  or  to  engage  in  any  work 
of  research,  but  rather  to  cure  sick  soldiers,  forgetting  that  the 
cure  of  sick  soldiers  is  more  promoted  by  the  spirit  which  leads 
to  the  study  of  disease  than  by  the  narrow  view  that  the  indi- 
vidual soldier  at  morning  sick-call  alone  should  engross  the  at- 
tention of  the  army  surgeon. 

The  best  method  of  keeping  the  torch  of  knowledge  lighted  is 
to  pass  it  along  from  hand  to  hand.  Hence  I  have  little  sympathy 
with  those  who  deplore  the  use  of  hospital  wards  as  means  of 
instruction.  They  should  be  used  for  the  training  of  nurses  and 
for  the  instruction  of  medical  students,  and  by  their  very  use 
for  these  purposes  their  efficiency  for  the  cure  of  disease  will  be 
augmented. 

In  a  well-ordered  hospital,  as  in  a  well-ordered  state,  there 
should  be  an  ultimate  and  final  authority,  a  proper  subdivision 
of  duty,  and  a  thorough  adjustment  of  all  portions  of  a  complex 
and  often  cumbrous  mechanism  to  its  special  uses.  It  is  the 
part  of  a  Board  of  Trustees  to  establish  the  policy  of  the  hospi- 
tal, to  give  an  impetus  to  the  machinery,  to  oil  and  readjust  it 
from  time  to  time,  to  watch  its  operations,  and  to  scrutinize  its 
results. 

A  friend  of  mine  used  to  say  that  responsibility  without  power 
is  weakness.    Responsibility  and  authority  must  go  hand  in  hand. 

If  I  were  asked  to  indicate  the  best  machinery  for  hospital 
government,  I  should  say  a  Board  of  Trustees  to  be  sovereign 
and  responsible  for  the  whole  institution,  a  medical  board  to  ad- 
vise the  trustees  in  all  medical  matters,  a  chief  executive  officer 
to  be  known  as  director,  secretary,  or  superintendent,  whose  duty 
it  should  be  to  coordinate  and  supervise  all  other  departments, 

(75) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


a  purveyor  to  look  after  food-supplies,  a  matron  to  supervise  the 
household  and  a  superintendent  of  nurses  to  have  charge  of  the 
training  school  and  the  nurses.  Under  these  heads  of  depart- 
ments there  should  be  subordinate  chiefs  of  departments,  like 
the  engineer,  chief  cook,  laundry  man,  diet-school  teacher,  store- 
keeper and  the  like. 

A  word  as  to  discipline.  From  the  character  of  the  work  of  a 
hospital  and  the  necessity  of  the  development  of  kindly  instincts 
and  humane  methods  of  thought  and  action  among  all  employes, 
it  is  unwise  to  establish  and  enforce  a  semi-military  discipline 
or  even  one  which  would  be  practicable  or  advisable  in  a  railway, 
a  large  factory,  a  corporation,  or  other  business  enterprise.  There 
should  be  a  rigid  discipline  and  a  strict  accountability  for  the 
performance  or  neglect  of  duty,  but  this  discipline  should  be  sus- 
taining in  its  nature  and  calculated  to  develop  the  individual. 
Through  its  kindly  control  the  thoughtless  or  untrained  nurse 
or  employe  should  be  led  to  a  higher  level  of  conduct  and  feel- 
ing until  her  better  nature  becomes  the  governing  power.  To 
many  hospital  employes  the  life  becomes  truly  educational,  and 
the  officer  who  does  not  strive  to  make  it  so  fails  of  an  important 
duty.  A  wisely  directed  enthusiasm,  a  kindling  of  the  moral 
nature,  a  glimpse  of  a  higher,  broader,  and  more  satisfying  life 
can  thus  be  given  to  all  who  have  to  do  with  the  sick  in  the 
hospitals.  Hospital  work,  when  done  with  loving,  eager  en- 
thusiasm, blesses  the  patient  and  the  nurse  alike.  It  should  be 
the  aim  of  all  to  do  charitable  work  in  a  charitable,  kindly  way. 
I  have  little  patience  with  those  who  look  upon  the  medical  treat- 
ment of  the  sick  in  hospitals  as  a  business  matter  only,  and  the 
nursing  of  the  sick  as  an  avocation,  a  trade,  a  preparation  for 
getting  a  living,  a  matter  of  hours  on  duty  to  be  endured  as 
patiently  as  possible  for  the  relief  which  is  afforded  by  getting 
through  with  them.  Unless  the  care  of  the  sick  can  be  glorified 
by  sympathy,  kindly  feeling,  enthusiasm  and  personal  interest 
it  becomes  drudgery  and  heartless  routine.  Hence  the  necessity 
of  developing  the  best  instincts  of  all  who  have  to  do  with  the 
sick  by  a  sustaining,  fostering  and  kind  discipline  which  regards 
the  individual  and  not  the  mass. 


(76) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

Much  of  the  alleged  lack  of  sympathy  sometimes  complained 
of  on  the  part  of  the  hospital  physicians,  nurses  and  employes,  I 
believe  to  be  due  to  overwork. 

In  1897  Dr.  Hurd  and  Dr.  John  B.  Chapin,  physician-in- 
chief  and  superintendent  of  the  department  for  the  insane  of 
the  Pennsylvania  Hospital  of  Philadelphia,  Pa.,  were  asked  by 
the  '^  Joint  Select  Committee  to  Investigate  the  Charities  and 
Reformatory  Institutions  in  the  District  of  Columbia"  to 
make  a  report  on  the  hospitals  of  the  District  of  Columbia. 
This  they  did  and  their  findings  were  embodied  in  a  paper 
presented  to  the  committee  on  November  24,  1897.  This 
report  embraced  a  full  description  of  the  Asylum  and  Alms- 
house Hospital;  the  Children's  Hospital;  the  Columbia  Hos- 
pital for  Women  and  Lying-in  Asylum;  the  Central  Dis- 
pensary and  Emergency  Hospital;  the  Freedman's  Hospital; 
the  Garfield  Memorial  Hospital;  the  National  Homoeopathic 
Hospital  and  the  Home  for  Incurables.  The  report  is  an 
exhaustive  one.  It  points  out  the  excellent  features  in  each 
institution,  draws  attention  to  the  weak  spots,  and  makes 
numerous  admirable  recommendations  looking  to  the  more 
systematic  and  the  better  handling  of  patients  in  the  District 
of  Columbia. 

In  the  Albany  Medical  Annals  for  February,  1898,  we  find 
an  article  entitled  "  The  Medical  Service  of  Hospitals,'^  and 
in  the  Maryland  Medical  Journal  for  1898-9  Dr.  Hurd  con- 
siders "  The  Non-Medical  Treatment  of  Epilepsy." 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Gynecological  and  Obstetrical  Society 
of  Baltimore,  December  13,  1898,  Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  paper  on 
"Post-Operative  Insanities  and  Undetected  Tendencies  to 
Mental  Disease."  This  article  appeared  in  the  American 
Journal  of  Obstetrics,  Vol.  xxxix,  1899.     It  is  interesting 

(77) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


to  read  Dr.  Hurd's  views  on  the  subject.    They  are  of  much 
importance  to  the  laity  as  well  as  to  the  surgeon. 

Post-operative  insanity  may  be  considered  a  complex  affair, 
comprising  symptoms  v/hich  may  differ  in  cause,  manifestation, 
course  and  termination.  There  would  seem,  in  fact,  to  be  little 
ground  for  the  use  of  the  term,  were  it  not  for  the  existence  of 
infectious  processes  accompanied  by  delirium  or  prolonged  de- 
pression. In  other  words,  if  an  operation  is  free  from  septic 
infection  in  a  case  destitute  of  any  tendency  to  insanity,  there 
can  be  no  ground  to  think  that  the  operation  per  se  produces 
mental  disease  or  that  the  insanity  is  post-operative  in  the  sense 
that  the  operation  bears  a  causative  relation  to  the  insanity. 
There  are  disturbing  factors,  it  is  true,  in  connection  with  sur- 
gical operations,  which  may  be  competent  to  produce  an  insanity, 
and  I  will  briefly  refer  to  some  of  them;  but  the  insanity  which 
they  produce  can  only  be  considered  post-operative  in  point  of 
sequence  rather  than  of  causation.  It  is  unquestionable  that 
the  prolonged  use  of  anaesthetics  like  ether,  chloroform,  or  nitrous 
oxide  has  produced  excitement,  delirium,  mental  confusion,  and 
often  prolonged  mental  alienation  without  the  accompaniment  of 
any  operation  whatever.  Instances  are  also  not  at  all  uncommon 
where,  following  an  operation,  excitement  has  followed  the  local 
application  of  iodoform,  the  instillation  of  atropia  or  the  admin- 
istration of  the  salicylate  of  soda,  and  where,  notwithstanding 
the  surgical  operation,  the  symptoms  of  insanity  subsided  wholly 
upon  the  withdrawal  of  the  intoxicating  agent. 

Similarly,  we  may  have  mental  symptoms  following  an  opera- 
tion clearly  ascribable  to  shock,  loss  of  blood,  excessive  exhaus- 
tion from  the  fatigue  of  a  constrained  and  unnatural  position, 
long-continued  vomiting  from  an  anaesthetic,  or  abstinence  from 
food  owing  to  anorexia.  There  may  also  be  a  poisoning  of  the  blood 
and  consequent  interference  with  proper  cerebration  from  defec- 
tive action  of  the  kidneys,  due  wholly  to  the  withdrawal  of  water 
by  the  mouth  lest  it  may  excite  vomiting  after  an  abdominal 
operation;  or  the  anaesthetic  may  have  caused  a  transitory  neph- 
ritis with   accompanying  loss   of  kidney  function.     These   and 

(7S) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

similar  causes  which  are  not  surgical  in  character,  but  are  neces- 
sarily an  accompaniment  of  a  surgical  operation  may  produce 
insanity  which  cannot  in  any  manner  be  differentiated  from 
actual  post-operative  insanity  due  to  infection. 

In  1899  Dr.  Hurd  was  president  of  the  Medical  Psycho- 
logical Association.  On  that  occasion  he  took  as  the  theme  for 
his  address  "  The  Teaching  of  Psychiatry."  That  his  interest 
in  the  care  of  the  insane  never  flagged  is  clearly  shown  by  the 
fact  that  from  the  first  meeting  of  this  association  in  1879  up 
to  the  time  of  his  presidency  in  1899  he  had  missed  but  two 
annual  meetings. 

In  this  address  he  paid  a  touching  tribute  to  an  old  friend : 

While  engaged  in  writing  this  address  the  crushing  news  comes 
of  the  sudden  death  of  Dr.  Godding.  It  is  difficult  to  realize  that 
our  noble-hearted  and  cultivated  associate  has  gone  from  earth. 
He  had  a  poet's  soul,  the  charity  of  a  saint  and  the  heart  of  a 
child.  He  loved  poetry,  literature,  art  and  music;  above  all,  he 
loved  his  fellow-men. 

In  1900  Dr.  Hurd  published  a  splendid  article  entitled 
"  Hospitals,  Dispensaries  and  Nursing."  At  the  end  of  this 
paper  he  gave  a  list  of  the  principal  hospitals  of  the  United 
States  that  had  been  established  during  the  last  century. 

In  the  Bulletin  of  the  Iowa  State  Institution  for  1901 
appears  a  paper  by  Dr.  Hurd  entitled  "  Eeception  Hospitals 
for  Cases  of  Acute  Insanity." 

On  November  21,  1901,  Dr.  Hurd  delivered  an  address  on 
"  Psychiatry  in  the  Twentieth  Century,"  at  the  opening  of  an 
additional  building  at  the  New  Jersey  State  Hospital  at 
Morris  Plains.  After  paying  a  tribute  to  the  late  Miss 
Dorothea  L.  Dix,  whose  work  had  been  such  a  benefit  to  New 
Jersey  as  well  as  to  the  entire  country,  he  sketched  the  gradual 
changes  that  had  taken  place  in  the  treatment  of  the  insane 

(79) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


in  the  United  States.    He  then  pointed  out  where  improve-  I 

ments  might  with  profit  be  made  in  the  handling  of  mental  ' 
cases.    The  pith  of  his  remarks  is  contained  in  his  concluding 

paragraph :  ; 

The  future  of  psychiatry  in  America  is  bright  with  hope.    The  j 

era  of  foundation  and  construction  is  nearly  over;   institutions  ; 

have  been  evolved,  developed  and  perfected;   pathological  insti-  j 

tutes  have  been  established  and  liberally  equipped  and  supported;  \ 

trained  men  with  broad  learning  and  technical  knowledge  have  i 

been  raised  up  for  special  study,  and  an  earnest  spirit  of  inves-  j 

tigation  has  been  developed.    We  are  on  the  threshold  of  new  ., 

discoveries  and  important  improvements  in  the  treatment  of  the  i 

insane.  i 


(80) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 


Chapter  X 

PAPEES'  PUBLISHED  BY  DE.  HUED  WHILE 

SUPEEINTENDENT     OF    THE     JOHNS' 

HOPKIISrS  HOSPITAL  (Concluded) 

In  1902  Dr.  Hurd  addressed  the  graduating  class  of  the 
training  school  of  the  Garfield  Hospital  at  Washington,  D.  C. 
He  took  as  his  theme  ''  The  Educated  Nurse  and  Her  Future 
Work."  This  paper  was  later  published  by  the  Friedenwald 
Press  in  Baltimore,  It  should  be  carefully  read  by  every 
undergraduate  and  graduate  nurse.  It  will  also  give  to  the  lay 
reader  a  very  clear  idea  of  what  real  nursing  means — it  por- 
trays in  no  uncertain  terms  how  much  the  medical  profession 
owes  to  the  trained  nurse. 

Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  charming  address  on  "  The  Duty  and 
Eesponsibility  of  the  University  in  Medical  Education,"  at 
the  graduating  exercises  in  the  Yale  Medical  School  on  June 
23,  1903.  After  briefly  considering  the  subject  of  his  dis- 
course he  said : 

To  discuss  an  educational  question  before  university  men  sug- 
gests the  appropriateness  of  the  quotation  from  Confucius  with 
which  an  eminent  scientist  once  prefaced  an  address  made  under 
similar  circumstances:  "Avoid  the  appearance  of  evil:  do  not 
stoop  to  tie  your  shoe  in  your  neighbor's  melon  patch."  A  mem- 
ber of  the  teaching  staff  of  one  of  the  newest  schools  of  medicine 
ought  to  display  a  degree  of  modesty  in  the  presence  of  medical 
teachers  whose  thoughts  and  activities  have  been  molded  by  the 
traditions  of  one  of  the  oldest  medical  schools  in  the  United 
States,  the  sixth  in  point  of  time  of  establishment,  and  should 

(81) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


hesitate  above  all  to  urge  the  duty  and  responsibility  of  a  uni- 
versity in  medical  education. 

Perhaps  I  may  also  plead  in  mitigation  of  my  indiscretion  a 
degree  of  hereditary  relationship  to  Yale  in  the  fact  that  my 
father  graduated  here  in  medicine  in  1830;  my  grandfather  was 
a  student  about  1795,  but  did  not  graduate;  my  great-grandfather 
graduated  in  1778;  and  my  great-great-grandfather  in  1739,  and 
may  speak  as  one  whose  speech  can  be  tolerated  because  of  kin, 
albeit  remote. 

In  his  remarks  directed  especially  to  the  graduating  class 
he  said : 

In  your  chosen  profession  be  students  and  productive  workers 
always.  Do  not  look  for  speedy  results  and  do  not  be  discouraged 
if  the  secrets  of  nature  are  not  wrested  from  her  jealous  grasp 
without  a  severe  struggle.  The  foundations  of  our  art  are  broad 
and  deep,  and  the  superstructure  should  be  erected  slowly  and 
with  care,  by  accurate  observation  of  disease  and  painstaking 
deductions.  In  your  life  as  physicians  be  prepared  for  trials, 
disappointments  and  adversities.  Take  for  your  motto  the  words 
written  by  Sir  Thomas  Browne,  that  eminent  physician,  more 
than  two  centuries  ago:  "  In  this  virtuous  voyage  of  thy  life 
hull  not  about  like  the  Ark  without  the  use  of  Rudder,  Mast 
or  Sail  and  bound  for  no  Port.  Let  not  disappointment  cause 
Despondency  nor  difficulty  Despair.  Think  not  that  you  are  sail- 
ing from  Lima  to  Manillia,  when  you  may  fasten  up  the  Rudder 
and  sleep  before  the  Wind;  but  expect  rough  Seas,  Flaws,  and 
contrary  Blasts;  and  'tis  well  if  by  many  cross  Tacks  and  Veerings 
you  arrive  at  the  Port;  for  we  sleep  in  Lyons  Skins  in  our 
Progress  unto  Virtue  and  we  slide  not  but  climb  unto  it." 

Have  a  purpose  and  carry  it  out  with  fortitude.  There  can 
be  no  more  absorbing  or  inspiring  career  than  is  afforded  by 
the  study  of  medicine  at  the  present  time.  The  scaffolding 
reared  by  countless  workers  during  thousands  of  years  around 
the  fair  temple  of  medicine,  necessary  for  the  building  doubtless, 
but  concealing  its  proportions  and  too  often  defacing  its  beauties, 
has  been  swept  away,  and  for  the  first  time  it  is  permitted  to 

(82) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 


us  to  know  something  of  the  dimensions  and  architectural  pos- 
sibilities of  the  completed  edifice.  Can  there  be  a  nobler  aspira- 
tion for  any  man  than  to  assist  in  the  completion  of  the  work  of 
transforming  the  ancient  art  of  healing  into  the  science  of 
medicine? 

In  1902  Dr.  Hurd  was  the  chairman  of  the  Section  on 
Neurology  and  Psychiatry  of  the  Medical  and  Chimrgical 
Faculty  of  Maryland.  At  a  meeting  of  the  section  held 
November  14,  1902,  he  took  for  his  subject  "The  Future 
Policy  of  Maryland  in  the  Care  of  Her  Insane/^  When  in 
Michigan  he  did  not  hesitate  to  tell  the  state  just  what  her 
duty  was  in  the  care  of  the  insane.  In  Baltimore  he  spoke  out 
in  the  same  fearless  manner.  He  had  carefully  studied  the 
situation  in  Baltimore  and  in  the  various  counties.  Maryland 
was  far  behind  the  times  and  at  the  meeting  of  the  Medical 
and  Chirurgical  Faculty  in  1897  a  symposium  on  the  state 
care  of  the  insane  had  been  arranged.  The  papers  read  on 
that  occasion  brought  forth  much  resentment  on  the  part  of 
the  state  authorities. 

Dr.  Hurd  in  his  address  in  1902  pointed  out  what  had  been 
accomplished  in  the  interim,  but  also  stated  in  no  uncertain 
terms  that  in  many  places  throughout  the  state  the  conditions 
were  still  deplorable.  He  did  not  generalize,  as  is  so  frequently 
done,  but  was  specific,  mentioning  the  institutions  at  fault. 
He  then  indicated  how  these  appalling  conditions  should  be 
rectified. 

A  man  who  has  the  nerve  and  patriotism  to  come  out  boldly 
and  draw  attention  to  the  glaring  faults  in  his  own  state  and 
at  the  same  time  to  indicate  the  means  by  which  these  condi- 
tions can  be  ameliorated  is  without  a  doubt  a  most  valuable 
man  in  his  community — he  is  a  real  citizen. 

(83) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


Dr.  Hurd^s  concluding  paragraph  addressed  to  the  medical 

profession  was  peculiarly  apt  to  the  occasion : 

Those  who  have  read  the  recently  published  life  of  Pasteur 
(every  physician  ought  to  read  it)  must  have  been  impressed  by 
the  fact  that  in  the  mind  and  life  of  this  wonderful  man  scien- 
tific knowledge  was  invariably  regarded  as  the  hand-maiden  of 
humanity.  In  the  height  of  Pasteur's  interest  in  the  study  of 
ferments,  which  opened  the  way  to  our  present  antiseptic  sur- 
gical methods,  he  turned  aside  from  his  chosen  work  for  five 
years  to  study  the  diseases  of  silk-worms,  because  of  the  suffer- 
ings of  the  people  in  certain  portions  of  France  consequent  upon 
the  destruction  of  the  silk  industry.  His  subsequent  studies  in 
puerperal  fever,  charbon,  chicken  cholera,  plague  and  hydrophobia 
were  inspired  by  a  similar  notion ;  to  use  his  own  words,  "  To 
give  the  heart  its  share  in  the  progress  of  science."  We  may 
not  be  able  to  imitate  Pasteur  in  scientific  achievement  and  in 
broad  and  vivifying  generalization  from  isolated  scientific  facts, 
but  we  can  imitate  his  broad  humanity  and  his  desire  to  amelio- 
rate the  lot  of  the  unfortunate.  We  can  at  present  do  no  greater 
service  to  humanity  and  the  commonwealth  than  to  use  our  pro- 
fessional influence  and  personal  effort  to  promote  the  hospital 
treatment  of  acute  cases  of  insanity  and  appropriate  state  care 
for  the  insane  poor  of  the  chronic  class. 

All  interested  in  the  care  of  the  insane  should  read  this 
article  in  full.  It  appeared  in  the  Maryland  Medical  Journal, 
February,  1903. 

Thanks  to  Dr.  Hurd  and  his  colleagues  the  disgraceful  con- 
dition that  then  existed  has  long  since  been  corrected.  The 
State  Lunacy  Commission,  then  more  of  an  advisory  board, 
now  has  ample  authority  and  at  the  present  time  Dr.  Hurd  is 
the  most  valuable  member  of  the  commission. 

In  1904  Dr.  Hurd  gave  the  address  to  the  graduating  class 
of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses  at  the  Albany  Hospital. 
He  took  as  his  theme  "  Is  Nursing  a  Profession  ?  "  This  paper 
was  published  in  the  Albany  Medical  Annals,  September,  1904. 

(84) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

In  his  address  at  the  graduating  exercises  of  the  Lakeside 
Hospital  School  for  Nurses  in  Cleveland,  in  1906,  his  paper 
was  entitled  "  Shall  Training  Schools  for  Nurses  be  En- 
dowed ?  "  This  is  a  theme  that  is  engrossing  the  attention  of 
more  than  one  institution. 

In  1906  Dr.  Hurd  read  a  paper  entitled  "The  Medical 
Organization  of  General  Hospitals/'  before  the  eighth  annual 
meeting  of  the  Association  of  Hospital  Superintendents.  This 
article  was  published  in  the  National  Hospital  Record  in 
October  of  that  year.  At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Canadian 
Hospital  Association,  held  in  1908,  Dr.  Hurd  spoke  on  "  The 
Proper  Length  of  the  Period  of  Training  for  Nurses."  This 
paper  was  published  in  the  Amencan  Journal  of  Nursing  in 
June,  1908. 

In  May,  1908,  Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  paper  on  "  Psychiatry  as  a 
Part  of  Preventive  Medicine."  This  was  published  in  the 
American  Journal  of  Insanity,  1908-9. 

The  object  of  preventive  medicine  being  to  lessen  the  burdens 
of  mankind  by  obviating  preventable  diseases,  it  is  deemed  appro- 
priate at  this  time  to  inquire  in  what  manner  the  experience  of 
those  who  are  familiar  with  the  problems  of  psychiatry  may  be 
utilized  to  assist  in  this  good  work.  It  needs  no  elaborate  demon- 
stration to  show  the  evils  of  insanity  and  the  heavy  public  and 
private  burdens  which  it  entails  upon  every  community.  Next 
to  alcoholism  it  is  probably  the  most  potent  cause  of  pauperism 
and  dependence. 

The  article  is  a  most  instructive  and  important  one.  The 
conclusions  are  particularly  interesting: 

The  methods  of  rendering  the  teachings  of  psychiatry  more 
effective  to  prevent  disease  should  be: 

1.  To  instruct  children  in  the  schools  the  art  of  healthy  and 
useful  living.     Teaching  should  be  more  thorough  and  not  re- 

(85) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


stricted  to  fit  one  to  get  on  in  the  world,  but  rather  to  inculcate 
ideals  which  will  give  him  a  conception  of  the  prime  importance 
of  self-control  and  moral  rectitude.  It  should  also  include  a 
knowledge  of  the  dangers  of  immorality  and  intemperance. 

2.  To  use  the  newspapers  and  the  special  reports  of  officers  of 
institutions  for  the  insane  and  defective  classes,  to  scatter  broad 
cast  a  knowledge  of  the  laws  of  bodily  and  mental  health,  and 
the  best  means  of  preventing  the  development  of  mental  disorders. 

3.  To  give  a  better  recognition  of  psychiatry  in  the  curriculum 
of  every  medical  school,  so  that  physicians  may  become  familiar 
with  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  insanity.  To  this  end  psy- 
chopathic hospitals  should  be  established  to  give  clinical  instruc- 
tion, so  that  the  family  physician  may  recognize  insanity,  may 
be  able  to  scrutinize  carefully  the  mental  condition  of  neurotic 
children  and  may  give  wise  advice  upon  all  educational  problems. 

In  the  Nursing  Mirror  for  1908-9,  Dr.  Hurd  published  an 
important  paper  on  "  State  Registration  and  the  Education 
of  Nurses  in  the  United  States/' 

On  November  30,  1910,  a  Health  Conference  was  held  in 
Pittsburgh.  On  that  occasion  Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  short  but  most 
practical  paper  on  "  Cooperation  Among  Hospitals.''  In  this 
address  he  emphasized  the  great  value  of  cooperation.  He 
said: 

Hospitals  are  often  established  by  too  zealous  friends  for  these 
medical  men,  or  established  hospitals  fall  under  the  dominion  of 
two  rivals  in  the  profession.  Under  the  circumstances,  coopera- 
tion between  the  two  hospitals  becomes  difficult  and  often  impos- 
sible. I  know  many  cities  where  such  bitter  feelings  have  in  the 
past  destroyed  all  hope  of  cooperation  and  where  the  friends  of 
able  physicians  or  surgeons  formed  two  armed  camps.  Even  the 
ladies  become  enlisted  and  fight  under  one  or  the  other  banner. 
I  am  glad  to  say,  however,  that  the  days  of  bitter  rivalry  between 
hospitals  are  passing  away.  The  whole  world  is  becoming  more 
tolerant  and  the  odium  Tneclicum  is  following  the  course  of  the 
odium  theologicum.     May  its  departure  be  as  speedy. 

(86) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

In  referring  to  the  purchase  of  hospital  supplies  he  men- 
tioned a  method  that  has  given  splendid  results : 

A  very  obvious  form  of  cooperation  is  for  all  the  hospitals  of 
the  city  to  adopt  a  common  standard  of  ordinary  every-day  sup- 
plies and  to  arrange  for  their  purchase  through  a  common  pur- 
chasing agent. 

In  the  city  of  New  York  recently  also  an  attempt  has  been 
made  with  very  gratifying  success  to  establish  a  hospital  bureau, 
which  is  a  central  supply  bureau  under  a  purchasing  agent,  whose 
duty  it  is  to  make  contracts  for  gauzes,  cottons,  surgical  instru- 
ments, rubber  goods,  furniture,  fixtures,  bedding,  blankets,  linen 
and  the  like.  These  supplies  are  purchased  in  large  quantities 
according  to  a  definite  standard  of  excellence  and  at  the  lowest 
market  prices.  The  saving  of  expense  in  the  cost  of  supplies  is 
considerable,  but  the  saving  to  the  hospitals  in  the  payment  of 
salaries  to  the  officers  to  purchase  is  probably  equally  great.  The 
same  is  true  of  breadstuffs,  fuel,  machinery,  etc.  Every  depart- 
ment of  the  New  York  hospitals  has  profited  by  the  central  bureau. 

Hospital  officers  often  do  good  in  secret  and  the  community 
at  large  does  not  appreciate  how  much  is  done  by  the  unpaid  and 
unselfish  men  and  women  who  are  managing  our  great  hospitals. 
The  good  work  they  do  should  be  better  known  and  this  can  only 
be  known  by  a  wide  publication  of  their  work.  They  should  not 
put  their  candle  under  a  bushel,  but  on  a  candlestick,  that  all 
may  see  and  cooperate  in  helping  on  their  good  work.  There  are 
hundreds  of  men  and  women  who  long  to  do  good,  but  who  need 
to  be  set  at  work.  Tell  the  public  what  you  are  doing  and  do 
not  hesitate  to  ask  for  substantial  support. 

At  the  graduating  exercises  of  the  Nurses'  Training  School 
of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  on  May  19,  1910,  Dr.  Hurd 
gave  a  delightful  address  on  "  Florence  Nightingale — a  Force 
in  Medicine."    He  said : 

I  desire  rather  to  speak  of  her  career  as  a  constructive  philan- 
thropist, as  a  sanitarian  and  as  an  organizer  of  nursing  service 
in  city  and  country,  of  her  statesmanlike  grasp  of  the  problems 

(87) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


of  army  nursing  and  of  the  influence  of  her  life  work  upon  the 
medicine  and  surgery  of  the  past  half  century. 

In  the  course  of  his  address  he  refers  to  the  visits  the  late 
Francis  T.  King,  the  late  Mrs.  Eobb,  and  Miss  Nutting  had 
with  Miss  Nightingale.  Dr.  Hurd's  address  was  most  inter- 
esting from  beginning  to  end.    I  shall  quote  a  few  paragraphs. 

It  is  my  task  this  afternoon  to  tell  you  in  what  manner  she 
has  influenced  the  wonderful  progress  of  medicine  during  the  past 
50  years. 

1.  First,  and  probably  to  a  larger  degree,  she  has  wrought  for 
medical  progress  through  her  reform  in  nursing.  She  found  it 
an  occupation  and  has  made  it  a  calling.  From  the  very  begin- 
ning of  her  career  she  insisted  that  any  woman  who  engaged  in 
nursing  should  qualify  herself  as  thoroughly  for  it  as  a  man  quali- 
fies himself  for  any  calling  in  which  he  expects  to  succeed.  She 
believed  that  the  object  of  training  was  to  teach  not  only  what 
was  to  be  done,  but  how  to  do  it.  The  physician  or  surgeon  should 
order  whatever  needs  to  be  done  for  the  patient's  care,  but  the 
training  of  the  nurse  should  teach  her  how  to  do  it  to  his  order. 
Training,  also,  should  teach  the  symptoms  of  disease,  so  that  the 
nurse  may  know  what  certain  symptoms  indicate  about  any  dis- 
ease and  whether  the  patient  is  worse  or  better  when  the  symp- 
toms change.  Telling  the  nurse  what  to  do  is  not  enough  and 
cannot  be  enough  to  make  her  work  perfect. 

2.  In  all  her  writings  Miss  Nightingale  has  constantly  dwelt 
upon  the  value  of  sanitation  and  obedience  to  the  laws  of  health. 
She  speaks  with  endless  iteration  of  the  need  of  pure  air,  pure 
water,  efficient  drainage,  perfect  cleanliness  and  sun-light  in  the 
sick  room 

Her  books  in  fact  have  been  an  immense  influence  in  promot- 
ing the  sanitation  of  the  home  and  of  the  public  and  private 
hospital.  They  furnished  principles  for  the  guidance  of  those 
who  would  work  out  their  own  plans,  when  principles  had  once 
been  enunciated  and  detailed  and  specific  plans  for  those  to  fol- 
low, who  cannot  plan  for  themselves.    Her  suggestions  and  direo- 


(88) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

tions  for  the  care  of  patients  in  their  own  homes  are  invaluable 
and  have  never  been  equaled  by  any  other  writer.  She  cries 
aloud  and  spares  not  for  good  sanitation  and  for  the  care  of  the 
patient.  She  may  not  always  be  in  accord  with  present  theories 
of  the  bacterial  origin  of  many  diseases  and  may  err  in  ascribing 
measles  and  other  infectious  diseases  to  a  lack  of  sanitation,  but 
her  main  thesis  that  bad  air  and  all  dirt  are  dangerous  is  unas- 
sailable  

It  may  be  called  to  mind  that  at  this  hospital  its  founder, 
Johns  Hopkins,  made  provision  equally  for  the  care  of  the  sick, 
the  instruction  of  medical  students  and  the  training  of  nurses, 
each  duty  being  equally  obligatory 

3.  One  of  Florence  Nightingale's  most  important  contributions 
to  medical  progress  is  to  be  found  in  her  "  Notes  on  Matters 
Affecting  the  Health  Efficiency  and  Hospital  Administration  of 
the  British  Army,  Founded  Chiefly  on  Experiences  of  the  Late 
War."  This  work  in  my  opinion  constitutes  one  of  the  most  valu- 
able contributions  ever  made  to  hospital  organization  and  admin- 
istration in  time  of  war.  Had  the  conclusions  which  she  reached 
been  heeded  in  the  Civil  War  in  America  or  in  the  Boer  War 
in  South  Africa  or  in  the  Spanish-American  War,  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  lives  might  have  been  saved  and  millions  of  people 
might  not  have  mourned  over  a  useless  and  needless  sacrifice  of 
the  flower  of  their  young  men.  Her  ability  to  analyze  dry  statis- 
tics and  army  returns  and  her  rare  power  to  draw  correct  con- 
clusions from  them  seems  remarkable. 

Probably  one  of  the  most  interesting  articles  that  Dr.  Hurd 
ever  penned  was  entitled  "  The  Site  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital.''  This  paper  was  read  at  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital Historical  Club  in  December^  1910,  and  published  in  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Nurses  Alumme  Magazine,  April,  1911. 

A  plat  of  the  site  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  which  was 
prepared  to  facilitate  the  sale  of  the  property  to  the  late  Johns 
Hopkins  has  recently  come  to  light  among  the  records  of  the 
hospital  and  an  examination  of  the  survey  has  suggested  to  me 

(89) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


that  it  will  be  interesting  to  all  persons  connected  with  the  hospi- 
tal to  see  it  and  to  learn  something  of  its  previous  history. 

The  site  of  the  hospital  has  been  used  for  hospital  purposes 
for  somewhat  over  100  years.  A  general  hospital  was  established 
on  this  site  in  1797  or  in  the  early  part  of  1798.  In  an  old 
report  it  is  spoken  of  as  a  beautiful  site  upon  a  hill,  about  a 
mile  from  the  city  of  Baltimore.  When  I  came  here  21  years 
ago,  the  town  extended  but  a  little  to  the  east  of  the  hospital 
and  most  of  the  neighboring  streets  have  been  opened  since  the 
present  site  was  selected. 

Dr.  Hurd  then  sketches  the  early  history  of  Baltimore  in  a 
most  fascinating  way  and  refers  to  the  epidemic  of  yellow 
fever  that  invaded  Baltimore.  In  1808  the  old  hospital  was 
leased  to  a  firm  of  physicians,  Drs.  Smyth  and  Mackenzie.  In 
1834  it  was  used  as  a  lunatic  asylum,  later  called  The  Mary- 
land Hospital  for  the  Insane. 

From  Dr.  Hurd^s  paper  we  learn  that  at  one  time  the  town 
of  Joppa  on  the  Gunpowder  Eiver  was  larger  than  Baltimore 
and  that  from  this  town  there  was  a  brisk  trade  in  tobacco, 
many  ships  sailing  from  Joppa  to  England.  The  old  Joppa 
Road  ran  from  Joppa  through  Baltimore  to  Annapolis.  It 
crossed  the  present  hospital  ground  a  few  feet  north  of  the 
present  administration  building.  A  house  that  faced  on  the 
Joppa  Road  existed  until  a  few  weeks  ago  (June,  1919)  and  its 
front  foundation  can  still  be  seen  on  the  south  side  of  Monu- 
ment Street  between  Bond  and  Caroline  streets.  It  was 
located  directly  behind  the  moving  picture  parlor  frequented 
by  colored  people.  This  building  was  clearly  visible  from 
Monument  Street  when  the  picture  parlor  was  being  con- 
structed. Judging  from  the  front  of  the  house  the  Joppa 
Road  crossed  the  present  Monument  Street,  going  northward 
and  westward  between  Bond  and  Caroline  streets.     In  1836 

(90) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SUPERINTENDENT 

land  was  bought  by  the  hospital  on  the  north  of  the  Joppa 
Eoad  and  this  once  busy  main  thoroughfare  was  closed. 

Johns  Hopkins  died  the  day  before  Christmas,  1873,  and  early 
in  the  following  February  the  trustees  organized  for  the  first 
time  as  a  board  and  arranged  to  take  over  what  property  was 

ready  for  them They  made  an  effort  to  get  competitive 

plans,  but  finally  gave  it  up  and  Dr.  J.  S.  Billings,  who  is  now 
at  the  head  of  the  New  York  Public  Library,  went  abroad  with 
a  set  of  plans  which  he  submitted  to  all  persons  who  were  skilled 
in  hospital  construction.  In  1874  the  original  buildings  had 
been  torn  down,  but  it  was  not  until  1876  that  Dr.  Billings  re- 
turned with  his  plans 

The  buildings  were  begun  in  1877,  but  were  erected  no  faster 
than  the  trustees  had  the  money  to  pay  for  them.  They  built 
them  wholly  out  of  income  and  when  money  was  not  available 
to  continue  the  work  they  ceased  building  operations  until  more 
money  came  into  the  treasury.  The  result  was  a  delay  of  full 
12  years  before  the  buildings  were  completed.  The  trustees  were 
bitterly  attacked  by  the  newspapers,  especially  in  the  columns 
where  the  letters  of  the  people  appear,  but  they  went  on  in  their 
own  way  and  when  the  buildings  were  completed  and  opened  in 
1889,  they  had  been  constructed  wholly  out  of  income  and  the 
capital  fund  of  the  hospital  had  been  increased  more  than  $100,- 
000  during  the  process  of  building.  Many  hospitals  are  built 
after  a  different  plan  and  must  contend  with  poverty  and  debt 
for  many  years.  The  trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
were  more  sensiDle.  They  knew  that  the  hospital  was  to  last 
for  a  long  time  and  that  there  was  no  reason  why  they  should 
cripple  it  for  all  time  in  order  that  it  might  be  opened  a  few 
years  sooner. 

Dr.  Hurd  then  gave  a  short  account  of  Johns  Hopkins's  life. 
Accompanying  the  article  is  a  picture  of  the  old  Maryland 
Hospital;  the  real  estate  plat  of  the  present  hospital  area 
showing  the  position  of  the  original  Maryland  Hospital  on 
this  ground  and  the  location  of  the  Joppa  Road.     The  last 

(91) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


picture  shows  the  site  of  the  present  hospital — a  broad  fence 
aroiind  it,  a  tent  on  the  site,  and  many  men  and  horses,  ready  ; 

to  begin  the  excavation  for  the  foundation  of  The  Johns  \ 

Hopkins  Hospital.     Every  one  interested  in  the  institution  j 

will  be  delighted  with  Dr.  Hurd's  article.  | 


(»2) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SECRETARY  OF  BOARD 


Chapter  XI 

DE.  HUED,  SECEETAEY  OF  THE  BOAED  OF 

TEUSTEES  OF  THE  JOHNS 

HOPKINS  HOSPITAL 

Shortly  after  Dr.  Hurd  relinquished  his  duties  as  superin- 
tendent of  the  hospital  he  moved  "  across  town "  to  1023 
St.  Paul  Street  where  he  has  since  resided.  His  secretarial 
duties  have  occupied  much  of  his  time,  but  he  has  nevertheless 
always  somehow  made  time  for  his  literary  work.  The  first 
article  from  his  pen  after  he  became  secretary  was  "Early 
Days  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and  Medical  School.*' 
A  perusal  of  this  splendid  historical  sketch  gives  one  a  graphic 
picture  of  the  hospital  in  its  formative  days.  To  one  who  was 
on  the  scene  in  those  delightful  days  it  brings  back  priceless 
memories.  In  order  that  the  reader  may  recall  some  of  the 
milestones  I  will  quote  sections  of  this  sketch : 

The  late  Johns  Hopkins  procured  an  act  of  incorporation  of 
his  future  hospital  from  the  Maryland  Legislature  in  1867  and 
named  12  able  men,  nearly  all  of  them  intimate  and  trusted 
friends  or  relatives,  to  act  as  incorporators  and  trustees.  Beyond 
deeding  to  this  Board  of  Trustees  a  site  for  the  institution, 
which  consisted  of  the  buildings  and  grounds  of  the  old  Mary- 
land Hospital  for  the  Insane,  founded  in  1797,  he  had  taken  no 
further  steps  towards  its  erection  at  the  time  of  his  death  in 

December,  1873 The  actual  work  of  construction  did  not 

begin  until  1877,  and  the  hospital  was  not  opened  until  1889. 

The  medical  school,  for  which  Mr.  Hopkins  made  provision  in 
his  will,  when  he  made  his  bequest  to  the  university,  was  not 
opened   until   1893,   20   years   subsequent  to  his   death.     These 

(93) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


delays  and  disappointments  were  due  to  financial  difficulties, 
for  which  the  trustees  of  the  university  were  in  no  way  re- 
sponsible  

In  August,  1889,  when  I  came  to  Baltimore  to  assume  charge 
of  the  hospital  as  superintendent,  I  found  four  wards  in  com- 
mission, viz.,  a  pay  ward  for  men  and  women,  two  public  wards 
for  men  and  a  public  ward  for  women.  An  out-patient  depart- 
ment had  also  been  opened  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  Halsted. 
The  pathological  laboratory,  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  Welch  with 
a  corps  of  assistants,  had  been  operated  as  a  branch  of  the  uni- 
versity since  1886,  although  recently  under  the  joint  control  of 
the  hospital  and  the  university,  owing  to  the  financial  difficulties 
which  hampered  the  university  at  that  time. 

Dr.  W.  H.  Welch  was  in  the  full  tide  of  his  brilliant  career  as 
a  teacher,  and  had  attracted  to  Baltimore  such  men  as  the  late 
Christian  A.  Herter  and  W.  S.  Halsted,  of  New  York,  W.  T.  Council- 
man, now  of  Harvard,  A.  C.  Abbott,  now  of  the  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  F.  P.  Mall,  later  at  Clark  University  and  the  Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  and  many  others  of  equal  prominence,  who 
were  all  deeply  engaged  in  medical  research.  Possessing  encyclo- 
pedic knowledge,  unusual  geniality  and  large-mindedness  in  his 
relations  with  other  men,  and  the  gift  of  exposition,  so  essential 
to  the  true  teacher,  he  has  been  an  active  factor  in  the  university 
and  hospital  for  many  years.  He  is  above  all  an  investigator 
with  a  judicial  cast  of  mind  and  with  the  ability  to  stimulate 
his  associates  and  students  to  productive  work,  and  the  greater 
ability  to  exercise  a  wise  control  over  them. 

Dr.  W.  S.  Halsted  was  at  the  head  of  the  surgical  work  of  the 
infant  hospital  which  he  had  organized  in  accordance  with  the 
newer  teachings  of  Lord  Lister,  along  the  line  of  a  better  tech- 
nique based  upon  the  teachings  of  bacteriology.  He  possesses 
the  faculty  of  constructive  work  not  alone  in  the  principles  of 
surgery,  but  also  in  the  details  and  minutiae  of  surgical  technique. 
He  is  eminently  thorough  in  all  that  he  undertakes  to  do  and 
whatever  principles  of  surgery  he  has  established  have  been 
firmly  founded  upon  experience  as  a  surgeon,  diligence  as  an 
investigator  and  experimental   studies  upon  the  lower  animals. 


(94) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SECRETARY  OF  BOARD 

He  was  then  beginning  to  develop  what  was  to  become  during 
the  next  20  years  a  school  of  surgery,  not  only  in  what  was 
accomplished,  but  also  in  the  influence  which  he  exerted  upon 
new  men  and  the  training  which  they  received. 

Dr.  William  Osier  had  lately  come  from  Philadelphia  as 
physician-in-chief  of  the  hospital  and  had  already  attracted  much 
attention  by  reason  of  his  unique  personality,  his  versatility  in 
medicine  and  his  literary  facility.  He  was  a  master  of  English, 
deeply  versed  in  the  history  of  medicine,  an  expert  pathologist, 
a  well-trained  diagnostician,  filled  with  knowledge  of  practical 
medicine,  and  a  remarkable  clinical  teacher.  He  had  unwearied 
industry  and  a  wonderful  ability  to  utilize  his  gifts  to  accom- 
plish beneficial  results  for  medical  science  and  for  the  world. 
His  call  to  Oxford  in  1905  was  a  serious  blow  to  the  hospital. 

It  is  remarkable  that  three  such  men  as  Welch,  Halsted  and 
Osier  should  have  been  found  to  launch  the  hospital  on  its  suc- 
cessful career,  each  possessing  different  powers  and  yet  all 
working  harmoniously  to  supplement  the  activities  of  each  other. 

In  October  Dr.  H.  A.  Kelly  came  from  Philadelphia  to  assume 
his  duties  as  gynecologist-in-chief  of  the  hospital,  and  established 
a  public  and  private  ward  for  surgical  diseases  of  women.  He 
was  and  is  a  brilliant  operator  whose  mechanical  deftness  and 
manual  skill  have  been  the  admiration,  envy  and  despair  of  all 
who  have  followed  his  work  in  the  operating  room.  His  ability 
to  devise  new  operations  and  to  meet  emergencies  in  surgery  is 
phenomenal.  In  addition  to  an  extensive  surgical  work  he  early 
became  interested  in  the  preparation  of  surgical  books  which 
were  clearly  written  and  beautifully  illustrated  by  the  best  medi- 
cal artists  procurable  in  this  country  or  Europe.  His  interest  in 
art  as  applied  to  medicine  and  surgery  has  been  an  important 
contribution  to  the  profession  and  has  influenced  widely  medical 
literature  in  America.  Equally  with  Osier,  Welch  and  Halsted, 
he  has  trained  students  to  do  excellent  work  as  operators  and 
teachers  throughout  the  country. 

All  of  these  leaders  were  young  men,  the  eldest  not  being  more 
than  40  years  of  age  and  many  of  them  much  younger.  Gray 
hairs  thus  far  have  not  adorned  the  heads  of  most  of  those  who 

(95) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


were  interested  in  the  development  of  the  hospital,  although  it 
must  be  acknowledged  that  some  might  have  grown  gray  if  they 
had  retained  their  original  covering.  All  were  wisely  interested 
in  the  public  welfare  and  used  their  influence  in  the  city,  state 
and  country  at  large  to  improve  sanitation,  to  give  better  care 
to  the  poor,  earlier  help  to  the  tuberculous  and  to  institute 
healthier  conditions  of  living  generally 

In  the  Journal  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  1912, 
Vol.  lix,  p.  1677,  Dr.  Hurd  published  a  paper  on  "The 
Proper  Division  of  the  Services  of  the  Hospital." 

In  1912  he  was  president  of  the  fourteenth  annual  meeting 
of  the  American  Hospital  Association.  He  took  for  his  theme 
on  this  occasion  "  Hospital  Problems."  This  address  appeared 
in  the  International  Hospital  Record  for  that  year. 

In  the  Bulletin  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of 
Maryland  for  1912-3  he  published  an  interesting  paper  en- 
titled "  Extracts  from  the  Laws  of  Maryland  and  Virginia 
Regarding  the  Early  Care  of  the  Insane." 

Dr.  Hurd's  paper  "  Three-Quarters  of  a  Century  of  Institu- 
tional Care  of  the  Insane  in  the  United  States  "  appeared  in 
the  Amencan  Journal  of  Insanity,  1912-3,  Vol.  Ixix,  p.  469. 
He  divided  the  care  of  the  insane  during  this  period  into  four 
stages : 

1.  The  period  of  neglect. 

2.  The  era  of  awakening. 

3.  The  period  of  state  care  of  the  insane. 

4.  The  period  of  scientific  care. 

After  considering  each  of  these  stages  in  detail  he  took  up : 
Laws  for  commitment  of  the  insane  in  every  state ;  the  criminal 
insane;  detention  hospitals;  hospitals  for  the  chronic  insane; 
after-care  of  the  insane;  architectural  changes  and  improve- 

(96) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SECRETARY  OF  BOARD 

ments ;  scientific  work ;  biographies,  etc.  The  article  is  a  very 
instructive  one  even  for  those  who  know  little  about  psychiatry. 
In  the  Modern  Hospital  for  1913  we  find  two  articles  from 
Dr.  Hurd's  pen,  "  The  Hospital  as  a  Factor  in  Modern 
Society  "  and  "  Hospitals  and  the  Eef orm  of  Medical  Teach- 

During  the  year  1914  Dr.  Hurd  contributed  eight  papers  to 
the  literature,  '^  Some  of  the  Writings  of  the  Late  Eugene 
Fauntleroy  CordelP^;  "Eelation  of  the  General  Hospital  to 
the  Training  School  for  I^urses  '^ ;  "  Hospital  Medical  Sta- 
tistics " ;  "  The  Small  Hospital  a  Factor  in  Medical  Edu- 
cation^'; "Mental  Cases  in  General  Hospitals";  "The 
Human  Side  of  Florence  Nightingale";  "Rupert  Norton"; 
"  State  Registration  of  Nurses." 

Dr.  Cordell  was  the  medical  historian  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  had  published  a  most  valuable  history  of  medi- 
cine in  Maryland.  His  book  is  a  very  interesting  one  and  will 
long  remain  the  source  of  information  relative  to  medical 
events  in  this  state. 

Dr.  Rupert  Norton  had  been  associated  with  Dr.  Hurd  for 
several  years.  He  remained  assistant  superintendent  when 
Dr.  Winford  H.  Smith  succeeded  Dr.  Hurd.  In  1914 
Dr.  Norton  developed  typhoid  fever  and  died. 

Dr.  Hurd  in  his  article  paid  a  well-deserved  tribute  to  his 
former  associate. 

A  reference  to  Dr.  Hurd's  bibliography  shows  that  he  pub- 
lished no  less  than  eight  papers  in  1915.  Among  them  were 
"  The  Early  Years  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital ";  "  Forty- 
Five  Years  Ago  and  Now  " ;  "  The  Treatment  of  Mental  Cases 
in  General  Hospitals  " ;  "  The  General  Government  of  State 
Hospitals." 

(97) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


In  1916  Dr.  Hurd  in  addition  to  a  tremendous  amount  of 
editorial  work  he  had  under  way  published  six  papers.  They 
were  "  Some  Sources  of  Friction  in  the  Management  of  Hos- 
pitals " ;  "  Another  Source  of  Friction  in  Hospital  Adminis- 
tration " ;  ^^  Who  Shall  Manage  the  Training  School  for 
Nurses  ? " ;  "  The  Advantages  of  the  Budget  System " ; 
"  Nathan  Smith,  Nathan  E.  Smith,  and  Alan  P.  Smith — a 
Medical  Family  " ;  "  Need  of  Segregation  of  Imbecile  Women.^' 

On  March  12,  1917,  Dr.  Hurd  read  a  paper  on  "Johns 
Hopkins  and  Some  of  His  Contemporaries  "  before  the  His- 
torical Club.  This  was  published  in  the  July  number  of  the 
Bulletin  for  the  same  year.  In  his  introductory  remarks 
Dr.  Hurd  says : 

The  primary  object  of  our  Historical  Club,  when  it  was  founded, 
was  the  study  of  medical  history.  To-night  I  have  thought  it 
wise  to  speak  of  the  life  of  one  who  was  not  directly  connected 
with  the  history  of  medicine,  but  who,  because  of  the  influence 
which  the  university  and  hospital  he  established  have  had  upon 
medical  education  in  this  country,  seems  closely  allied  to  medi- 
cine. I  have  also  an  additional  reason  for  speaking  briefly  of  his 
personal  history  before  this  club,  because  as  the  years  pass  I  find 
that  the  career  of  Johns  Hopkins  becomes  less  familiar  to  the 
present  generation,  and  there  is  danger  that  he  may  become  a 
mythical  personality.  This  is  my  reason  for  speaking  of  his 
origin  and  personal  characteristics  and  giving  some  account  of  his 
career  in  Baltimore.  I  also  wish  to  speak  of  his  personal  interest 
in  the  hospital  and  of  the  men  he  selected  to  carry  out  the 
enterprises. 

Dr.  Hurd  then  briefly  sketched  the  life  of  the  founder  of 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and  also  gave  a  short  account  of 
the  original  trustees  of  the  hospital. 


With  a  record  of  so  much  work  done  after  resigning  the 
superintendency  the  reader  will  naturally  ask  why  Dr.  Hurd 

(98) 


PAPERS  PUBLISHED  WHILE  SECRETARY  OP  BOARD 

did  not  remain  at  the  helm.  Physically,  mentally  and  in  every 
way  he  was  still  in  his  heyday,  but  he  felt  that  he  had  borne 
the  heat  of  the  day  long  enough  and  that  the  running  of  the 
hospital  should  now  be  placed  in  younger  hands.  One  of  the 
trustees  of  the  hospital  who  spent  several  weeks  traveling  with 
Dr.  Hurd  some  years  after  he  had  retired  from  the  superin- 
tendency  was  so  much  surprised  at  his  agility  that  he  turned 
to  me  and  said,  "  I  have  never  seen  a  man  who  can  jump  out 
of  bed,  say  his  prayers,  shave  and  dress  as  quickly  as  Dr.  Hurd 
does,  and  he  does  not  in  any  way  curtail  the  length  of  his 
prayers.^* 


(99) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


Chapter  XII 
BOOKS  WEITTEN  BY  DR.  HUED 

Hospitals,  Dispensaries  and  Nursing 
Edited  by  John  S.  Billings,  M.  D.,  and  Heney  M.  Hued,  M.  D. 

The  International  Congress  of  Charities,  Correction  and 
Philanthropy  was  held  in  Chicago,  June  12  to  17,  1893.  Sec- 
tion 3  was  devoted  to  the  hospital  care  of  the  sick,  training  of 
nurses,  dispensary  work  and  first  aid  to  the  injured.  Dr.  John 
S.  Billings  was  chairman  and  Dr.  Henry  M.  Hurd  secretary 
of  this  section ;  Miss  Isabel  A.  Hampton  was  chairman  of  the 
subsection  on  Nursing. 

Many  valuable  papers  were  read  in  the  section  and  it  was 
clearly  evident  that  the  addresses  should  be  published,  but  the 
necessary  funds  were  lacking.  Dr.  BilHngs  and  Dr.  Hurd 
came  to  the  rescue  and  at  their  owti  expense  published  and  also 
edited  the  large  volume  of  over  700  pages.  This  splendid 
publication  is  of  much  interest  to  Baltimoreans  not  only  on 
account  of  the  many  valuable  papers,  but  also  because  Balti- 
moreans contributed  in  no  small  measure  to  the  success  of  the 
Congress. 

Dr.  Billings'  chairmanship  address  was  entitled  "  The  Eela- 
tions  of  Hospitals  to  Public  Health."  Miss  Hampton  took  for 
her  theme  "  Educational  Standards  for  Nurses,''  and  Miss 
L.  L.  Dock  spoke  on  "  The  Eelation  of  Training  Schools  to 
Hospitals." 

Dr.  Hurd's  address  was  on  "  The  Eelation  of  Hospitals  to 
Medical  Education."     Mr.  Henry  C,  Burdett,  of  London, 

(100) 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  DR.  HURD 


England,  the  Honorary  Chairman  of  the  Section,  in  discussing 
Dr.  Hurd's  paper  said : 

I  should  like  to  say  that  I  think  it  is  very  important  that 
we  should  have  a  paper  of  this  kind  read  this  session.  It  is 
important  because  it  clearly  lays  down  and  brings  out  clearly  to 
the  non-technical  mind  the  reason  why  the  cost  of  administer- 
ing hospitals  tends  steadily  to  increase,  and  what  those  who  give 
to  hospitals  really  get  back  in  return  for  their  money.  A  man 
is  often  amazed  by  the  demands  which  are  constantly  made 
for  more  and  more  money,  especially  for  buildings,  and  I  do 
think  that  Dr.  Kurd's  paper  will  fulfill  a  very  useful  purpose, 
and  I  hope  it  will  be  printed  and  widely  circulated  among 
hospitals 

Miss  M.  A.  Boland,  the  dietitian  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital,  gave  an  interesting  address  on  "  Hospital  Dietaries." 

Dr.  Hurd  gave  a  second  paper  "  Description  of  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital."  After  briefly  detailing  the  gift  of  Johns 
Hopkins  and  speaking  of  the  plans  and  building  of  the  hos- 
pital, he  described  the  institution  in  detail,  giving  numerous 
illustrations  and  plans.  The  picture  that  will  appeal  most  to 
the  older  members  of  the  faculty  is  the  one  of  the  isolation 
ward,  with  the  old  boardwalk  extending  from  the  northern 
exit  of  this  building  over  to  the  steps  of  the  pathological 
building.  One  can  even  now  vividly  see  those  going  from  the 
hospital  to  the  laboratory  in  rainy  weather,  turning  up  their 
coat  collars  and  sprinting  rapidly  over  to  the  pathological 
department. 

The  Congress  was  honored  by  a  paper  "  Sick  Nursing  and 
Health  Nursing  "  by  Florence  Nightingale,  and  by  an  address 
by  our  own  Cardinal  Gibbons  on  "  Work  Done  by  Religious 
Communities  Devoted  to  the  Relief  of  the  Sick." 

Too  much  credit  cannot  be  given  to  Dr.  Billings  and  to 
Dr.  Hurd  not  only  for  editing,  but  also  for  bearing  the  cost  of 

(101) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


this  volume  which  contains  valuable  articles  from  specialists 
in  all  parts  of  the  world. 

Suggestions  to  Hospital  Visitors 

In  1895  Dr.  John  S.  Billings  and  Dr.  Hurd  brought  out  a 
small  book  entitled  "  Suggestions  to  Hospital  and  Asylum 
Visitors."  The  need  for  such  a  book  was  very  evident  and 
S.  Weir  Mitchell  prevailed  upon  these  well-known  hospital 
authorities  to  write  it.  Dr.  Mitchell's  introduction  is  so  much 
to  the  point  that  I  quote  it  in  full : 

For  several  years  I  have  been  urging  upon  Professor  Billings 
the  need  for  a  small  manual  suited  to  the  wants  of  hospital  visi- 
tors. I  have  many  times  been  asked  by  laymen  who  have  to 
manage  eleemosynary  institutions  where  they  could  learn  how 
critically  to  inspect  them  with  a  reasonable  chance  of  seeing 
what  is  wrong  and  learning  how  to  value  what  is  praiseworthy. 
It  is  useless  to  point  the  inquirer  to  the  greater  works  on  hygiene. 
These  presuppose  such  knowledge  as  few  possess  who  are  not 
educated  physicians.  There  is  needed  a  condensed  statement  of 
what  to  see  in  a  hospital  and  hoio  to  see  it. 

Every  new  domain  of  observation  requires  a  peculiar  and  in- 
dividualized training.  The  acute  microscopist  might  be  a  dull 
observer  of  the  facts  of  disease  which  we  call  symptoms;  the 
clever  artist  may  be  a  sad  failure  when  called  upon  to  see  with 
critical  eyes  the  phenomena  of  the  laboratory.  How,  then,  can 
we  expect  that  quite  untrained  people  should  of  a  sudden  become 
useful  observers  in  a  field  as  new  to  them  as  is  a  hospital? 

Boards  of  managers  are  chosen  out  of  the  every-day  life  of 
commerce  and  professions  other  than  that  of  medicine.  The 
members  are  presumed  to  study  results  into  which  enter  ques- 
tions of  cooking,  dietetics,  ventilation,  medical  and  surgical 
cleanliness,  which  involves  disinfection,  and  many  other  matters 
exacting  careful  attention,  and  only  to  be  thoroughly  understood 
after  years  of  training.  This  little  manual  is  meant  to  assist 
untrained  observers,  yet  even  the  most  expert  manager  of  a  hos- 

(102) 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  DR.  HURD 


pital  or  the  ablest  medical  observer  ought  to  find  in  it  valuable 
hints.  This  guide  to  the  hospital  visitor  I  have  asked  leave  to 
introduce.  It  has  cost  an  amount  of  care  and  thought  out  of 
proportion  to  its  size.  While  in  manuscript  it  was  critically 
read  by  Professors  J.  M.  DaCosta,  J.  William  White,  and  myself, 
and  certain  changes  or  additions  were  suggested.  Finally,  Dr. 
Hurd,  the  accomplished  director  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital, 
was  kind  enough  to  associate  himself  with  Professor  Billings 
and  to  take  the  utmost  interest  in  the  work.  Out  of  their  joint 
labor  and  the  criticism  of  able  physicians  and  nurses  has  come 
at  last  the  helpful  little  book  which  originated  in  my  sugges- 
tion, and  which  I  confidently  commend  to  all  who,  being  mana- 
gers, trustees,  or  in  any  way  connected  with  hospital  work,  are 
not  contented  to  assume  an  oflS^cial  name  and  remain  ignorant  of 
how  honestly  to  fulfill  the  duties  which  should  go  with  it. 

S.  Weir  Mitchell,  M.  D. 

It  is  doubtful  if  any  small  book  of  43  pages  was  ever  so 
crammed  full  of  information  and  good  advice.  It  should  be 
reprinted  and  be  read  by  every  hospital  trustee  and  by  all  in 
any  way  interested  in  hospitals.  A  perusal  of  its  pages  will 
give  the  reader  a  very  clear  idea  of  the  manifold  details  of 
hospital  management,  will  enable  him  to  render  valuable 
advice  without  unjust  criticism  and  will  make  the  path  of  the 
superintendent  or  director  of  the  hospital  a  much  smoother 
one.  In  short,  it  will  promote  the  maximum  efficiency  with 
friction  reduced  to  the  minimum. 

The  copy  of  the  book  that  fell  into  my  hands  contains  a  few 
notes  in  Dr.  Hurd^s  hand  writing.  These  I  venture  to  repro- 
duce here  without  his  knowledge  or  permission : 

SUGGESTIONS   FOR   THE    ORGANIZATION"    OF   AUXILIARY   BOARDS 

OF   VISITORS 

1.  Composed  of  men  and  women  who  are  interested  in  human- 
itarian and  philanthropic  work. 

(103) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


2.  They  should  be  absolutely  free  from  any  partisan  or  politi- 
cal bias. 

3.  They  should  feel  at  liberty  to  make  suggestions  as  to  the 
policy  of  the  hospital,  as  to  purchasing,  administrative  details, 
etc.  They  should  be  contented  to  present  their  views  to  the 
governing  body  with  whom  must  rest  the  responsibility  of  the 
final  decision. 

4.  They  should  seek  to  assist  in  all  social  service  matters.  The 
officers  of  a  hospital,  as  a  rule,  are  not  widely  acquainted  with 
the  possibilities  of  social  help  in  the  community  or  the  sources 
of  aid.  The  Board  of  Visitors  can  do  incalculable  good  by  bring- 
ing the  hospital  into  relation  with  all  helping  agencies. 

5.  Boards  of  Visitors  should  never  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that 
they  are  privileged  to  assist  in  a  most  important  public  service. 
The  increasing  wealth  of  the  country  and  the  growth  of  a  leisure 
class  can  only  do  harm  if  these  become  a  source  of  personal 
pleasure  to  those  who  have  leisure  and  abundant  means.  If, 
however,  they  use  their  good  fortune  for  the  public  good,  new 
aspirations  are  aroused  and  new  and  most  satisfying  channels  of 
activity  are  found  which  dignify  and  ennoble  the  individual  and 
bless  the  community.  Personal  service  to  hospitals  and  similar 
charities  thus  become  not  only  a  duty  but  a  pleasure,  and  life  is 
enlarged  and  made  purposeful  by  the  performance  of  good  w^ork. 

The  Institutional  Caee  of  the  Insane  in  the  United 

States  and  Canada 
At  the  66th  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Medico- 
Psychological  Association  held  in  Washington,  D.  C,  in  May, 
1910,  Dr.  Hurd  gave  an  address  entitled  "  A  History  of  Insti- 
tutional Care  of  the  Insane  in  the  United  States  and  Canada." 
This  paper  was  published  in  the  American  Journal  of  Insanity, 
1910-11,  Vol.  Ixvii,  p.  587.  In  the  course  of  his  address 
Dr.  Hurd  said : 

The  movement  to  write  a  history  of  the  association  and  its 
work  had  its  origin  at  the  Baltimore  meeting  in  1895,  when  Dr. 
Powell,  of  Georgia,  presented  a  very  interesting  outline  of  the 

(104) 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  DR.  HURD 


"  rise  and  progress  of  a  vast  system  of  charities  in  the  15  com- 
monwealths of  the  South,"  with  detailed  accounts  of  institutions 
in  Virginia,  North  Carolina  and  Georgia.  It  was  evident  from 
the  interest  which  was  then  excited  that  much  had  heen  done  by 
similar  foundations  in  all  the  states  of  the  Union,  and  from  this 
conviction  grew  the  original  resolutions  subsequently  presented 
by  Dr.  J.  W.  Babcock,  of  Columbia,  S.  C.  These  resolutions  were 
considered  and  favorably  acted  upon,  and  a  committee  was  ap- 
pointed, but  nothing  seems  to  have  come  of  it,  although  progress 
has  been  reported  from  time  to  time,  and  an  effort  has  been 
made  to  stir  up  a  general  sentiment  in  favor  of  completing  the 
work.  For  this  and  other  reasons,  although  not  aware  of  any 
special  personal  fitness  for  the  work,  I  did  not  feel  at  liberty  to 
decline  the  appointment  made  at  the  Cincinnati  meeting,  and 
of  which,  by  the  way,  I  learned  for  the  first  time  in  June  last  at 
Atlantic  City.  Since  that  time  I  have  made  an  intermittent  effort 
to  organize  the  work  and  to  collect  such  material  as  I  could  find. 

The  full  committee  consisted  of  Dr.  Henry  M.  Hurd,  chair- 
man; Dr.  William  F.  Drewry,  for  the  South;  Dr.  Richard 
Dewey,  for  the  West;  Dr.  Charles  W.  Pilgrim,  for  the  middle 
states ;  Dr.  G.  Alder  Blumer,  for  New  England ;  Dr.  T.  J.  W. 
Burgess,  for  British  America. 

The  object  of  the  present  paper  is  to  give  some  account  of 
the  progress  of  the  work  and  to  say  what  needs  to  be  done.  I 
hope,  also,  to  stir  up  in  the  minds  of  the  members  of  the  associa- 
tion a  feeling  of  responsibility  for  it,  so  that  there  may  be  coopera- 
tion in  gathering  the  material  and  preparing  it  for  publication 
at  the  proper  time.  The  difficulties  in  the  task  are  very  great. 
Those  who  have  been  interested  in  the  construction  of  the  insti- 
tutions for  the  insane  in  the  United  States  have  been  largely 
Isolated  workers,  and  their  records  are,  consequently,  widely 
scattered  throughout  the  different  states  of  the  Union 

In  his  concluding  paragraph  Dr.  Hurd  says : 
I   have  taken   the  liberty  to   embody   the   substance  of  this 
paper  in  a  resolution  which  I  now  offer  to  ascertain  the  will  of 

(105) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


the  association  in  the  matter  of  the  publication  of  the  hook.  I 
shall  he  very  glad  to  have  it  modified,  revised,  or  in  any  way 
changed  so  as  to  bring  out  more  completely  the  wishes  of  the 
association  in  this  matter.  I  am  not  wedded  to  any  theory  of 
publication,  or  any  form  of  work.  I  am  anxious  that  the  work  go 
on  with  as  much  rapidity  as  possible.  It  is  equally  important, 
however,  that  the  work  be  done  thoroughly,  so  that  in  future  all 
may  know  who  in  the  past  contributed  to  the  success  of  an  im- 
portant philanthropic  achievement. 

Volumes  I,  II  and  III  of  this  stupendous  work  appeared 
from  The  Johns  Hopkins  Press  in  1916  and  Volume  IV  in 
1917.    These  four  volumes  contain  in  all  2926  pages. 

A  glance  at  the  preface  to  Volume  I  gives  the  reader  a  clear 
idea  of  the  tremendous  amount  of  labor  entailed  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  these  volumes.  After  taking  up  nearly  three  pages  of 
the  preface  in  thanking  various  men  for  their  cordial  coopera- 
tion in  furnishing  data  the  editor  says : 

The  obligations  of  the  committee  to  the  individual  superin- 
tendents of  nearly  200  institutions  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada  are  very  great;  in  fact,  without  their  cooperation  it  would 
have  been  impracticable  to  prepare  any  adequate  history  of  the 
movements  in  the  various  states  and  provinces. 

It  is  evident  from  a  careful  study  of  all  the  material  which 
has  come  into  the  hands  of  the  committee  that  a  gradual  evolu- 
tion has  occurred  in  the  care  of  the  insane  in  America  during 
the  past  half-century,  which  bids  fair  to  change  materially  the 
discouraging  views  as  to  the  hopelessness  of  their  cure  which 
have  prevailed  for  many  years  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  movement  towards  the  prompt  treatment  of  curable  cases 
without  the  formality  of  legal  commitment  and  under  the  same 
conditions  as  in  admission  to  a  hospital  for  general  bodily  disease, 
gives  every  hope  that  at  an  early  day  cases  of  recent  attack  may 
be  received  everywhere  promptly,  and  that  greatly  increased 
numbers  can  be  cured.  Cases  of  a  chronic  nature  are  also  now 
much  more  satisfactorily  dealt  with  in  institutions  on  the  cot- 

(106) 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  DR.  HURD 


tage  plan,  with  out-lying  colonies  for  the  employment  of  patients, 
and  have  a  correspondingly  better  opportunity  to  attain  self- 
support.  These  movements  promise  to  make  material  changes 
in  future  methods  of  caring  for  the  insane. 

Volume  I  is  historical  in  character.  It  gives  a  clear  account 
of  the  Association  of  Medical  Superintendents  of  American 
Institutions  for  the  Insane  from  1844  to  1893  and  of  the 
American  Medico-Psychological  Association  from  1893  to 
1913.  It  then  describes  what  the  American  Journal  of  In- 
sanity has  accomplished.  Volume  I  was  written  by  Dr.  Hurd 
and  the  reader  can  best  obtain  an  idea  of  the  wide  range  of 
subjects  considered  in  this  volume  by  glancing  through  its  lists 
of  contents : 

SECTION  ChAPTEB   I  PAGE 

I.     Introduction    5 

II.     The  Association  of  Medical  Superintendents  of  Ameri- 
can Institutions  for  the  Insane,  1844-1893 11 

III.  The  American  Medico-Psychological  Association, 

1893-1913   53 

IV.  The  American  Journal  of  Insanity 75 

Chaptee  II 

I.     Early  and  Colonial  Care  of  the  Insane 81 

II.     The  Era  of  Awakening 93 

Chapter  III 
I.    Dorothea  Lynda  Dix  and  Her  Work   101 

Chaptee  IV 

I.  Evolution  of  Institutional  Care  in  the  United  States . .  139 

II.  County  Care  of  the  Insane 144 

III.  Chronic  and  Incurable  Insane 147 

IV.  The  Colony  System  156 

V.  State  Care   163 

VI.    The  Wisconsin  System  of  County  Care 168 

(107) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


SECTION  Chapter  V  ^^^^ 

I.    Evolution  of  the  Administration  of  Hospitals 179 

II.    Present  Government  of  Institutions  for  the  Insane 183 

III.  Methods  of  Investigation  of  Public  Institutions 196 

IV.  Development  of  Hospital  Architecture  204 

Chapteb  VI 

I.     The  Propositions 217 

II.    Reforms  in  Caring  for  the  Insane 223 

III.  Medical  Treatment  of  the  Insane 230 

IV.  Non-Medical  Treatment  of  the  Insane 234 

V.    Employment  for  the  Insane  242 

VI.    Asylum  Periodicals   250 

VII.    Individual  Treatment  254 

VIII.     Experimental   Removals    256 

IX.     Origin  of  the  Psychopathic  Hospital  in  the  United 

States  258 

X    State  Psychopathic  Hospital  at  the  University  of 

Michigan   266 

XI.    Boston  Psychopathic  Hospital   276 

XII.    Research  Work  in  Hospitals  281 

Chapteb  VII 

I.    Training  Schools  for  Nurses  and  the  First  School  in 

McLean  Hospital   289 

II.    First  Training  School  for  Attendants  at  the  Buffalo 

State  Hospital  (Asylum) ,  1883-1886 301 

Chapter  VIII 

I.     Private  Care  of  the  Insane 313 

Chapteb  IX 

I.    Growth  of  the  Law  of  Insanity  321 

II.     Commitment  of  the  Insane  331 

III.  Conditions  of  Discharge   338 

IV.  Admission  of  Voluntary  Patients  344 

V.    Care  of  the  Criminal  Insane 348 

(108) 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  DR.  HIJRD 


SECTION  PAGE 

I.    Immigration  and  the  Care  of  the  Insane 355 

II.    The  Alien -Born  in  Relation  to  the  Cost  of  State  Care. .  362 

Chapter  XI 

I.  Insanity  among  the  Negroes   371 

II.  Insanity  among  the  North  American  Indians 381 

III.  Insanity  among  Indians  in  South  Dakota 386 

IV.  The  Chinese  and  Japanese  Insane  in  the  United 

States 393 

Chapteb  XII 

I.    Institutional  Population  399 

II.     Census  of  the  Insane  411 

III.    Feeble-Minded  in  Institutions   421 

Chapteb  XIII 

I.    Laws  for  the  Commitment  of  the  Insane  in  Canada. . .  427 
II.     Care  of  the  Insane  in  Canada  Previous  to  the  Estab- 
lishment of  Provincial  Institutions  446 

III.  Establishment  of  Provincial  Institutions   454 

IV.  System  of  Care  in  the  Provinces  of  Canada,  and  Gov- 

vernment  and  Inspection  of  Provincial  Institutions.  458 

V.    The  Contract  System  in  the  Province  of  Quebec 467 

VI.    Immigration  and  the  Care  of  the  Insane  in  Canada. . . .  472 

VII.    Census  of  the  Insane  in  Canada   478 

VIII.    The  Chinese  and  Japanese  in  Institutions  in  British 

Columbia  between  the  Years  1871  and  1913 480 

IX,    Dorothea  L#.  Dix  and  Canadian  Institutions  481 

Volumes  II  and  III  and  part  of  Volume  IV  are  devoted  to  a 
detailed  description  of  the  institutions  for  the  care  of  the 
insane  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Volume  III  also 
includes  the  institutions  in  Hawaii  and  in  the  Philippines. 
Pictures  of  many  of  the  institutions  are  given  and  often  plans 
of  the  buildings  accompany  them.    In  each  article  is  a  detailed 

(109) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


list  of  the  medical  personnel  of  the  institution  from  its  begin- 
ning to  the  time  the  volume  appeared,  so  that  the  previous 
activities  of  any  man  who  has  devoted  his  life  to  psychiatry 
can  be  readily  followed. 

The  latter  half  of  Volume  IV  is  devoted  to  biographies  of 
prominent  psychiatrists  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

The  picture  in  Volume  I  that  will  interest  Baltimoreans 
most  is  that  of  the  Maryland  Hospital  for  the  Insane  as  it 
appeared  in  1832.  It  faces  on  the  old  Joppa  Road  and  in  the 
background  is  the  present  Church  Home  and  Infirmary,  then 
the  Washington  Medical  School.  The  site  of  the  Old  Mary- 
land Hospital  for  the  Insane  is,  as  has  been  mentioned  else- 
where, now  occupied  by  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 

In  Volume  II  is  a  splendid  plate  of  the  Sheppard  and  Enoch 
Pratt  Hospital.  The  frontispiece  of  Volume  IV  is  a  repro- 
duction of  a  portrait  of  Miss  Dorothea  L.  Dix,  to  whose  pioneer 
labors  American  psychiatry  owes  so  much. 

These  volumes  have  brought  forth  much  praise.  Science 
for  July  28,  1916,  in  reviewing  Volume  I,  which  was  written 
in  its  entirety  by  Dr.  Hurd,  says : 

This  is  one  of  the  few  works  in  the  English  language  in  which 
the  history  of  a  separate  branch  of  medicine  has  been  exhaus- 
tively treated The  present  volume,  although  it  professes 

to  deal  only  with  the  general  history  of  institutional  care  of 
the  insane  on  this  continent,  is,  in  reality,  an  exhaustive  history 
of  American  psychiatry  in  all  its  phases,  and  is  therefore  likely 
to  remain  the  authoritative  work  on  the  subject  for  an  indefinite 
period 

Dr.  Hurd  modestly  regards  this  work  as  a  source-book  for  the 
historians  of  the  future  hut  it  is  undoubtedly  a  permanent  his- 
tory which  may  be  extended,  but  will  hardly  be  duplicated.  The 
chapters  are  complete  in  themselves,  the  book  is  well  illustrated, 

(110) 


BOOKS  WRITTEN  BY  DR.  HURD 


and  the  style  is  charming  in  its  simplicity,  sobriety  and  its  traces 
of  delicate  humor. 

The  American  Journal  of  Insanity  for  October,  1916,  in  the 

course  of  the  review  of  Volumes  I  and  II,  says : 

Too  much  praise  cannot  be  given  to  the  manner  in  which  the 
task  imposed  upon  this  Editorial  Committee  has  been  carried 
out,  and  as  one  of  the  members  of  the  committee,  Dr.  Burgess, 
said  at  the  meeting  in  New  Orleans  in  April  last,  while  all  the 
committee  have  tried  to  help,  the  burden  of  the  work  has  been 
on  Dr.  Kurd's  shoulders. 

The  Nation  on  February  8,  1917,  says: 

No  survey  of  the  treatment  of  American  insane  during  the 
last  two  centuries  has  before  appeared;  it  is  pleasant  to  find  the 
difficult  task  so  well  executed  as  in  this  volume. 

The  British  Medical  Journal  for  December  8,   1917,  in 

referring  to  the  four  volumes  said : 

Dr.  Kurd  is  to  be  congratulated  upon  the  success  with  which 
he  has  carried  out  the  collection  and  colligation  of  the  numerous 
interesting  records  contained  in  these  volumes.  Naturally  they 
will  appeal  most  strongly  to  readers  across  the  Atlantic;  but 
in  their  record  and  analysis  of  success  and  failure  in  attacking 
a  problem  of  great  importance  in  all  civilized  communities — 
namely,  the  care  of  the  insane — they  should  find  many  readers 
throughout  the  world. 

In  another  foreign  review  we  find  the  following  tribute : 

This  monumental  work,  is,  in  the  main,  the  product  of  the 
veteran  Dr.  Hurd,  emeritus  professor  of  psychiatry  in  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  and  formerly  medical  superintendent  of  the 
Pontiac  State  Hospital,  who  is  well  known  on  this  side  of  the 
Atlantic  as  the  most  distinguished  of  American  alienists.  Dr.  Hurd 
has  retired  from  active  practice,  but  his  abundant  energy  would 
not  suffer  him  to  be  idle,  and  he  has  employed  his  leisure  wisely 
and  well  in  producing  this  gr^,t  work,  which  will  be  a  classic 
from  the  day  of  publication. 

(Ill) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


It  must  be  remembered  that  during  the  immense  amount  of 
labor  entailed  in  the  preparation  of  these  volumes  Dr.  Hurd 
had  been  greatly  troubled  with  his  eyes  and  it  was  only  his 
indomitable  will  that  continually  spurred  him  on  to  the  com- 
pletion of  these  labors  that  were  a  fitting  climax  to  his  many 
successful  years  of  hospital  directorship. 


(112) 


SUMMARY 


Chapter  XIII 
SUMMAEY 

Dr.  Hurd  in  addition  to  his  other  editorial  duties  has  been 
one  of  the  editors  of  the  American  Journal  of  Insanity  since 
1897  and  of  the  Modern  Hospital  since  1913. 

He  is  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American  Physicians ; 
of  the  American  Academy  of  Medicine,  and  was  its  president 
in  1896;  of  the  American  Medico-Psychological  Association, 
of  this  he  was  secretary  from  1892  to  1897  and  president  in 
1898-9,  he  also  edited  three  volumes  of  its  proceedings ;  of  the 
American  Anthropological  Association ;  of  the  American  Hos- 
pital Association  and  its  president  in  1912.  He  is  also  a  mem- 
ber of  the  American  Public  Health  Association. 

In  1895  Dr.  Hurd  was  given  the  degree  of  LL.  D.  by  his 
alma  mater,  the  University  of  Michigan. 

On  September  16,  1874,  Dr.  Hurd  married  Miss  Mary  Doo- 
little,  of  Utica,  N.  Y.  They  had  three  children,  a  son  and  two 
daughters.    The  son  died  in  childhood. 

Mrs.  Hurd  was  always  greatly  interested  in  her  husband's 
labors  and  ever  manifested  the  same  cordial  relation  to  the 
hospital  interns  and  to  the  senior  staff  that  Dr.  Hurd  did.  A 
year  or  two  after  they  left  the  hospital  Mrs.  Hurd's  health 
began  to  fail  and  her  death  on  March  14,  1913,  was  keenly  felt 
by  the  host  of  friends  of  the  family. 

Miss  Eleanor  and  Miss  Anna  Hurd  are  the  constant  com- 
panions of  their  father  and  it  is  a  delight  to  see  the  manner 

8  (113) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


in  which  they  watch  over  his  welfare  and  literally  force  him 
to  conserve  his  unbounded  energy. 

Dr.  Hurd  is  a  Presbyterian.  He  has  shown  the  same  fidelity 
to  his  church  that  he  has  ever  manifested  in  his  professional 
duties. 

From  the  preceding  pages  of  this  article  the  reader  will  see 
from  what  an  intellectually  sturdy  stock  he  came  and  few  men 
have  had  such  a  long  medical  ancestry.  Step  by  step  he  rose 
until  he  was  not  only  the  first  superintendent  of  a  large  asylum 
in  Michigan,  but  also  a  dominant  figure  in  that  commonwealth. 
His  fame  as  an  administrator  was  not  confined  to  his  own 
locality,  but  was  widely  known.  It  was  for  this  reason  that  he 
was  later  called  to  Baltimore. 

All  through  his  career  he  has  been  a  thoroughly  consistent 
and  industrious  psychiatrist.  He  has  published  many  valu- 
able papers  dealing  with  the  study  and  treatment  of  the  insane, 
has  for  years  been  one  of  the  editors  of  the  American  Journal 
of  Insanity  and  less  than  three  years  ago  edited  a  monumental 
work  of  four  volumes  on  "  The  Institutional  Care  of  the  Insane 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada."  As  mentioned  before  he 
wrote  Volume  I  and  edited  Volumes  II,  III  and  IV. 

For  years  he  has  been  a  most  valuable  member  of  the  Mary- 
land State  Lunacy  Commission.  A  foreign  journal  speaks  of 
Dr.  Hurd  as  "  The  most  distinguished  of  American  alienists. '* 
It  is  clearly  evident  that  in  psychiatry  he  has  reached  the  top 
rung  of  the  ladder. 

The  trustees  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  manifested 
rare  discernment  when  they  selected  Dr.  Hurd  to  become  the 
first  superintendent  of  the  hospital.  It  fairly  blossomed  under 
his  wise  generalship  until  its  fame  spread  far  beyond  the  con- 

(114) 


\ 


SUMMARY 


fines  of  this  continent — "until  it  was  known  in  every  civilized 
land. 

The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Bulletin  and  the  Hos- 
pital Reports  under  his  able  editorship  added  greatly  to  the 
prestige  of  the  institution.  As  an  expert  in  hospital  organi- 
zation and  in  hospital  management  he  is  recognized  as  the 
leader  in  America.  His  advice  in  hospital  and  nursing  prob- 
lems is  continually  sought.  His  is  invariably  the  final  word 
on  these  subjects. 

His  writings  on  hospital  organization,  hospital  manage- 
ment, medical  education  and  nursing  are  numerous  and  most 
valuable  and  he  has  ever  aimed  to  publish  historical  records  in 
order  that  they  may  not  be  lost — in  order  that  they  may  be 
preserved  for  future  generations.  Whatever  he  has  undertaken 
he  has  finished. 

A  prominent  publisher  who  has  come  in  contact  with  him 
nearly  every  week  for  at  least  25  years  said  to  me  recently 
"  Dr.  Hurd  is  the  most  practical  and  business-like  physician 
that  I  have  ever  met  '^ — and  he  meets  an  unusually  large  num- 
ber. It  is  undoubtedly  this  practical  bent,  coupled  with  rare 
discernment,  a  broad  knowledge  of  men  and  a  wide  knowledge 
of  psychiatry  and  medicine  that  has  enabled  him  to  accomplish 
so  much  apparently  with  so  little  effort. 

From  time  to  time  brilliant  statesmen  advanced  in  years 
have  been  spoken  of  as  "grand  old  men."  Dr.  Hurd  is  the 
grand  old  hospital  statesman  of  America.  Early  in  his  career 
he  wanted  to  become  a  surgeon  in  the  navy,  but  was  disqualified 
on  account  of  his  frail  physical  make-up.  He  would  have 
undoubtedly  made  his  mark  in  government  service,  but  what 
a  loss  the  asylums  and  hospitals  of  this  country  would  have 
sustained,  and  how  much  psychiatry  and  the  profession  of 

(115) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


medicine  in  general  would  have  missed  had  he  successfully 
passed  the  physical  requirements  for  the  navy ! 

His  has  been  a  life  well  spent — a  life  full  of  labor  for  his 
fellow  man.  In  a  memorial  tribute  to  the  late  Dr.  William 
Wliitney  Godding,  Dr.  Hurd  unconsciously  gave  a  most  vivid 
description  of  himself.  "  You  felt  instinctively  that  you  had 
to  do  with  one  who  knew  no  guile  or  self-seeking,  but  who 
appreciated  it  to  be  his  duty  to  place  his  powers  of  mind  and 
heart  unreservedly  at  the  disposal  of  his  associates  or  his 
fellow  men."  But  Dr.  Hurd  is  not  gone,  he  is  still  with  us, 
actively  engaged  in  writing  the  history  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital.  That  he  may  long  be  spared  to  browse  in  the 
Henry  M.  Hurd  Librar}^,  which  my  friend  George  K.  McGaw 
is  building  as  a  mark  of  appreciation  and  esteem  to  our  mutual 
friend,  the  first  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital, is  our  earnest  prayer. 


(xl6) 


GEORGE  KEEN  McGAW 


Chapter  XIV 
THE  LATE  GEORGE  KEEN  McGAW 

For  several  months  Mr.  McGaw  had  been  failing  in  health, 
and  in  June  he  went  to  his  summer  home  at  Buena  Vista. 
The  erection  of  the  Henry  M.  Hnrd  Library  was  uppermost 
in  his  mind,  and  the  last  thing  he  did  on  the  morning  he  left 
for  the  mountains  was  to  turn  over  to  Judge  Harlan  addi- 
tional funds  for  the  building.  He  was  particularly  anxious 
that  Dr.  Hurd  should  not  only  see,  but  also  have  the  oppor- 
tunity of  often  enjoying  the  library  bearing  his  name.  My 
account  of  Dr.  Hurd's  manifold  activities  was  accordingly 
promptly  undertaken  and  as  soon  as  it  was  completed,  early 
in  July,  Judge  Harlan  and  I  spent  a  delightful  day  with 
Mr.  McGaw  and  his  family  in  the  mountains.  For  fully  two 
hours  Mr.  McGaw  listened  with  great  interest  to  the  recital 
of  the  many  things  his  friend  had  accomplished  and  again 
expressed  himself  as  so  happy  that  the  library  plans  were  well 
under  way.  That  was  the  last  time  I  saw  that  whole-souled 
and  true  friend.  He  had  a  fairly  comfortable  summer.  He 
died  suddenly  on  the  morning  of  September  9,  1919. 

Dr.  Hurd  and  Mr.  McGaw  had  known  one  another  for  many 
years,  as  they  both  were  prominent  members  of  the  First  Pres- 
byterian Church  and  Mr.  McGaw  was  also  one  of  the  Trustees 
of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 

In  March,  1911,  Mr.  McGaw  suggested  a  trip  South  and  a 
few  days  later  Dr.  Hurd,  Mr.  McGaw  and  myself  left  for  an 
extended    trip,    visiting    Pinehurst,    Columbia,    Savannah, 

(117) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


Jacksonville,  Knights  Key,  Havana,  Key  West  and  Miami. 
It  was  on  this  trip  that  the  lasting  and  intimate  companion- 
ship and  friendship  was  cemented  between  these  two  splendid 
men,  and  since  that  time  they  have  been  together  week  in  and 
week  out.  It  was  this  close  companionship  that  revealed  to 
Mr.  McGaw  Dr.  Kurd's  wonderful  breadth  of  character,  and 
that  prompted  him  to  plan  this  tribute  to  his  friend — a  tribute 
that  will  not  only  be  a  constant  reminder  of  the  first  superin- 
tendent of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  but  that  will  also  be 
of  inestimable  value  to  the  succeeding  generations  of  students 
in  The  Johns  Hopkins  Medical  School. 

Dr.  Hurd's  estimate  of  his  departed  friend  rings  so  true 
and  is  so  beautifully  expressed  in  a  recent  letter  to  me  that  I 
cannot  help  reproducing  it  here. 

Seal  Harbor,  Me.,  Sept.  13,  1919. 
Dear  Cullen  :  Many  thanks  for  your  telegrams  and  your 
thoughtfulness  in  sending  them.  I  have  been  greatly  shocked 
by  the  unexpected  death  of  the  best  of  friends  and  I  know  of 
no  one  who  may  occupy  the  vacant  place  in  just  the  same  way. 
He  was  so  noble  in  his  plans  and  modest  in  carrying  them  out, 
so  that  his  own  work  might  be  minimized.  I  always  felt  him 
to  be  a  rare  man.  We  all  of  us  ought  to  be  better  men  for 
having  known  him.  I  have  written  to  Mrs.  McGaw,  but  I  feel 
that  I  could  not  in  any  way  tell  her  properly  how  much  I  loved 

him 

Sincerely, 

Heney  M.  Hurd. 


(118) 


o 

o 


H 
O 


O 
CIS 

a 
o 


^05 


o 


03 


ffi  a 

o 

;-> 

CM 

m 

03 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


Chapter  XV 

SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTION'S  * 
Henry  M.  Hurd 


I  was  bom  in  Union  City,  Branch  County,  Mich.,  May  3, 
1843.  My  father  was  Dr.  Theodore  Canfield  Hnrd,  a  physi- 
cian, a  graduate  of  the  Yale  Medical  School.  He  came  from 
Connecticut  by  way  of  New  York  to  Michigan  about  the  year 
1835  and  settled  at  Burlington,  in  the  adjoining  county  of 
Calhoun,  where  he  had  a  farm  and  engaged  in  the  active 
practice  of  medicine.  My  mother  was  Eleanor  Eunice 
Hammond,  also  of  Connecticut  antecedents,  but  born  in 
Chenango  County,  N.  Y.  Her  father,  Chester  Hammond, 
was  a  student  at  Yale  College  for  two  years,  but  did  not 
graduate  because  of  ill  health.  Her  grandmother  was  Fannie 
Goodrich,  a  native  of  New  Haven.  Both  grandfather  and 
grandmother  were  persons  of  unusual  religious  and  philan- 
thropic zeal.  They  had  removed  from  New  York  to  Michigan 
about  1836  with  the  avowed  object  of  doing  something  in 
a  personal  way  to  establish  good  institutions  and  churches  in 

*  Some  of  Dr.  Hurd's  friends  who  knew  that  a  short  sketch  of 
his  manifold  activities  was  to  appear  were  particularly  anxious 
that  he  should  publish  a  brief  account  of  his  early  life.  Dr.  Hurd 
reluctantly  consented.  He  felt  that  this  was  too  personal  to  be 
published  in  the  hospital  Bulletin,  but  preferred  to  have  it  in- 
serted in  this  small  volume. 

(119) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


the  infant  territory.  My  father  was  a  man  of  rather  unusual 
energy  and  foresight,  with  excellent  business  instinct  and 
great  love  of  his  profession  for  which  he  was  peculiarly  fitted 
by  reason  of  what  used  to  be  termed  his  "  good  judgment." 
My  mother  was  active,  energetic,  with  a  keen  tongue  and  an 
excellent  sense  of  humor.  During  the  first  two  years  of  my 
life  I  lived  on  the  farm  about  two  miles  from  Union  City, 
but  in  1845  the  failure  of  my  father's  health  caused  him  to 
remove  to  my  grandfather's  house  at  Union  City,  where  he 
died  in  December  of  the  same  year.  Although  I  was  but  two 
and  a  half  years  old,  I  have  a  distinct  recollection  of  being 
carried  downstairs  the  night  he  died,  and  I  can  never  forget 
the  sense  of  horror  which  I  had  at  the  time,  although  so  very 
young.  As  my  mother's  means  were  small,  in  1846  she 
determined  to  take  up  her  residence  alone  at  the  farm  with 
her  three  children  to  struggle  with  the  difficulties  of  a  pioneer 
life.  There  was  little  money  in  the  country,  and  the  farms, 
although  very  productive,  found  little  sale  for  crops  which 
were  raised.  It  should  be  stated  that  in  this  region  the  slow 
process  of  clearing  land  was  not  necessary  as  there  were  large 
natural  prairies,  known  as  Burr  Oak  openings,  which  only 
required  to  be  broken  up  and  fenced  to  furnish  excellent 
farms. 

While  at  this  farm,  when  between  three  and  four  years  of 
age,  I  had  my  first  induction  into  school  life  and  regret  to 
say  that  my  failure  at  the  beginning  of  a  career  as  a  student 
was  ignominious.  I  remember  accompanying  an  older  brother 
to  the  schoolhouse,  about  half  a  mile  from  my  mother's  house, 
with  spelHng  book  in  one  hand  and  small  basket  of  luncheon 
in  the  other.  When  I  reached  the  schoolhouse  I  was  filled  with 
shyness,  but  at  last  was  persuaded  to  enter  by  the  pretty  school- 


(120) 


Theodore,   aged   9 

Charles,  "       4 

Henry,  "       6 

Union  City,  Mich.,  1849 


i 


Theodore,  aged  13 
Henry,  "      10 

Charles,  "  8 
Taken  about  1853. 
Union  City,  Mich. 

FAMILY  GROUPS. 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


teacher  who  induced  me  to  do  so  by  promising  to  show  me  a 
little  pocket  penknife  which  she  had.  An  effort  was  made 
during  the  forenoon  to  interest  me  in  learning  my  letters  by 
the  aid  of  the  penknife  which  had  already  proved  so  attractive. 
I  felt,  however,  a  sudden  access  of  shyness  when  the  morning 
recess  was  announced,  and  I  flew  out  of  the  schoolhouse  with 
my  basket  of  luncheon  and  started  for  home,  which  I  reached 
in  record  time,  and  not  waiting  to  enter  the  gate,  but  throwing 
the  basket  of  luncheon  over  the  fence,  I  clambered  over  and 
announced  to  my  astonished  mother  that  I  would  never  go  to 
that  school  any  more.  I  did  go,  however,  and  found  that  my 
shyness  had  disappeared,  and  I  enjoyed  the  schooling  as  much 
a.s  such  a  child  could. 

We  remained  on  the  farm  for  about  two  years  or  until  my 
mother  married  a  younger  brother  of  my  father,  who  was 
also  a  physician.  In  fact,  I  come  of  a  medical  family;  my 
father  and  his  two  brothers  were  physicians  and  quite  a 
number  of  cousins  and  uncles  belonged  to  the  same  profession. 
I  remember  with  great  distinctness  being  present  at  my 
mother's  wedding  and  of  the  sense  of  loneliness  which  came  to 
me  when  she  departed  on  her  wedding  tour.  During  my 
mother^s  absence  we  lived  under  the  charge  of  a  Miss  Eobinson, 
who  was  one  of  the  women  then  known  as  "  Governor  Slade's 
schoolmarms,"  sent  out  by  Governor  Slade  of  Vermont  to 
improve  educational  conditions  in  the  West.  Governor  Slade 
believed  that  there  was  a  great  need  of  schoolteachers  and 
organized  a  movement  by  which  several  hundred  were  sent 
from  New  England  to  various  points  in  Michigan,  Ohio  and 
Indiana.  I  remember  having  a  great  admiration  for  Miss  Eob- 
inson,  but  felt  that  in  the  matter  of  the  washing  of  hands  and 
face  and  the  combing  of  hair  she  was  altogether  too  strict.    A 

(121) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


few  months  later  we  removed  to  Union  City  and  occupied  a 
double  house  with  the  family  of  Elder  Bennett,  who  had  a 
large  family  and  was  a  very  earnest,  zealous  preacher.  He 
used  Biblical  phrases  frequently  and  instead  of  the  word 
"  hogs  "  he  always  said  "  swine,"  and  in  other  ways  also  was 
quite  professional  in  his  utterances.  The  next  year  my  step- 
father built  a  new  house  and  we  moved  there.  It  was  a  pre- 
tentious affair  with  large  wooden  Corinthian  columns  on 
the  front,  an  orchard  with  plenty  of  peach  trees  and  a  small 
farm  of  80  acres  adjoining. 

My  stepfather  was  warmly  interested  in  everything  which 
concerned  the  education  and  development  of  his  three  step- 
children. 'No  man  could  have  been  kinder  or  more  thoughtful 
for  our  welfare.  As  he  was  engaged  in  the  active  practice  of 
medicine  he  always  owned  fine  horses  and  drove  them  very  rap- 
idly, so  that  I  considered  it  a  great  privilege  to  go  with  him  on 
his  rounds,  although  I  often  thought  that  his  calls  were  much 
too  long  for  the  comfort  of  a  restless,  active  boy  who  sat  wait- 
ing at  the  gate.  The  prevailing  disease  in  the  whole  region  was 
malaria,  and  at  times  almost  every  person  was  ill  with  it.  I 
remember  that  my  father  would  return  from  his  morning 
rounds  lying  deathly  sick  in  his  carriage  which  was  driven  by 
some  volunteer.  He  not  infrequently  reached  home  to  find 
my  mother  ill  with  ague  and  my  brothers  also.  Most  of  them 
had  a  daily  chill.  I  recall  with  great  chagrin  that  I  had  a  chill 
every  second  day,  but  was  so  reasonably  comfortable  on  the 
alternate  days  that  I  was  not  an  object  of  interest  to  the  family 
or  to  the  neighbors.  Servants  could  not  be  got  or  if  they  came 
they  generally  remained  only  long  enough  to  bake  a  batch  of 
bread,  and  would  then  be  sent  for  to  come  and  take  care  of 
their  own  homes.    I  remember  on  several  occasions  being  sent 

(122) 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


to  the  neighbors  to  get  food  cooked  or  to  secure  necessary  sup- 
plies for  the  members  of  the  family  who  were  too  ill  to  go.  In 
the  following  year  there  was  a  severe  epidemic  of  dysentery 
which  prevailed  through  that  whole  region  and  of  which  many 
persons  died.  The  diseases  which  prevailed  were  imdoubtedly 
due  to  the  still  uncleared  land,  the  remaining  swamps  and  the 
ravages  of  mosquitoes.  By  the  time  that  we  removed  from 
Union  City  to  Illinois  in  the  autumn  of  1854  so  many  improve- 
ments had  been  made  that  the  region  had  become  fairly 
healthy  and  has  continued  so  ever  since. 

The  town  of  Union  City  was  at  the  junction  of  the  Cold 
Water  and  St.  Joseph  rivers.  It  had  been  developed  by  a 
company  whose  headquarters  were  in  New  York,  largely  be- 
cause of  deposits  of  bog  iron  ore  in  the  vicinity  and  the  mis- 
taken notion  that  it  was  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  the  St. 
Joseph  Eiver,  which  flowed  by  a  circuitous  course  west  into 
Lake  Michigan.  The  futility  of  the  St.  Joseph  River  route 
was  soon  apparent  when  a  steamboat  was  built  at  Union 
City  to  inaugurate  the  traffic.  It  ran  into  a  hidden  log  and 
was  sunk  very  early  on  its  first  trip.  The  clearing  up  of  the 
country,  the  draining  of  the  marshes  and  the  cultivation  of  the 
soil  diminished  the  rainfall  so  much  that  no  attempt  was  ever 
made  afterwards  to  utilize  the  river  as  a  means  of  transporta- 
tion. My  Grandfather  Hammond  had  come  to  this  region 
because  he  felt  it  important  that  it  should  be  a  Christian  com- 
munity and  in  company  with  another  good  man  established 
a  congregation  and  built  a  church  edifice  on  the  bank  of  the 
St.  Joseph  Eiver.  As  there  was  little  money,  the  church  was 
erected  by  donations  of  lumber  and  stores  and  by  the  voluntary 
labor  of  those  who  were  interested  in  the  project.  My  grand- 
father used  to  say  that  in  the  building  of  the  church  the 

(123) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


amount  of  actual  money  expended  was  but  $80,  all  the  rest 
being  donated  in  service  and  in  labor.  The  church  was  pro- 
vided with  a  bell  wliich  summoned  worshipers  from  the  town 
and  surrounding  farms.  It  used  to  be  said,  however,  that  the 
rattling  of  the  iron  step  on  my  grandfather's  buggy  was  always 
regarded  as  a  signal  that  the  time  to  go  to  church  had  arrived. 
The  atmosphere  of  the  town  was  eminently  good,  and  I  re- 
member distinctly  that  as  a  child  I  attended  the  morning 
service,  Sunday  school  between  services,  the  afternoon  service 
and  what  was  known  as  "  five  o'clock  meeting,"  the  latter 
being  usually  a  prayer  meeting  or  a  missionary  service. 

Sunday  was  kept  very  strictly  and  little  in  the  way  of  out- 
side recreation  was  permitted.  I  once  was  sternly  reproved  for 
splitting  kindling  wood  one  Smiday  afternoon  for  the  next 
day's  fire.  We  all  went  to  Sunday  school  and  recited  verses 
and  received  much  religious  instruction  from  those  who  taught 
our  classes.  I  remember  that  my  teacher,  a  maiden  lady  of 
mature  years,  used  to  talk  to  me  in  a  solemn  way  not  only  in 
the  class,  but  generally  for  an  hour  or  so  every  week  in  her 
own  home  to  which  I  was  invited.  The  superintendent  of  the 
Sunday  school  was  an  excellent  gentleman  who  devoted  much 
time  to  his  duties.  He  had  an  unfortunate  habit  of  weeping 
when  addressing  the  children,  and  I  was  much  impressed  by 
the  remark  of  a  fellow  scholar  that  *'  Colonel  Mosely  must 
carry  an  onion  about  in  his  handkerchief  to  be  able  to  secure 
tears  on  such  short  notice."  The  pulpit  was  at  the  front  of 
the  church  and  the  choir  was  in  the  raised  singing  seats  in  the 
rear.  During  the  singing  we  always  rose  and  faced  about  so 
as  to  see  who  did  the  singing  and  to  judge  how  well  it  was  done. 
I  do  not  think  that  I  got  very  much  out  of  the  sermon  because 

(124) 


Henry  M.  Hurd 
in  1863,  aged  20.  • 
Ann  Arbor,  Mich. 


„»^ 


Henry  M.  Hurd 

in  1868,  aged  25. 

Galesburg,  Ul. 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


usually  when  it  began  I  went  soundly  to  sleep  and  remained 
so  until  the  end  of  the  service. 

We  went  to  school  at  first  at  what  was  known  as  a  "  select 
school "  kept  first  by  Miss  Eobinson,  whom  I  have  mentioned, 
and  later  by  Miss  Sargent.  Both  were  excellent  teachers  and 
we  were  very  fortunate  in  being  under  their  tuition.  Later, 
after  Miss  Robinson  had  returned  to  Vermont  and  Miss 
Sargent  had  married,  I  was  sent  to  what  was  known  as  "  the 
district  school "  on  the  river  bank,  where  we  had  very  poor 
teachers. 

II 

As  my  parents  were  from  the  first  very  anxious  that  the  boys 
of  the  family  should  have  a  college  education,  they  removed  in 
1854  to  Galesburg,  111.,  a  town  about  170  miles  southwest  of 
Chicago,  in  a  beautiful  prairie  country.  This  town  was  the 
seat  of  Knox  College,  which  had  been  founded  in  1837  by  men 
who  had  emigrated  to  this  then  remote  region  from  Oneida 
County,  N".  Y.  The  project  was  originated  by  a  company  of 
settlers  headed  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Gale  from  whom  the  town 
received  its  name.  Most  of  them  made  the  journey  in  wagons 
to  Pittsburg,  thence  down  the  Ohio  River  by  steamer  to  Cairo, 
thence  by  steamer  up  the  Mississippi  River  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Illinois  River,  thence  by  a  barge  to  Peoria,  about  50  miles  from 
Galesburg,  and  finally  by  wagons  to  the  site  of  the  new  town. 
The  journey  consumed  several  weeks  and  there  were  many 
hardships  by  reason  of  low  water,  difficulties  of  navigation 
and  the  condition  of  the  boat  which  made  the  ascent  of  the 
Illinois  River — this  boat  being  a  stern-wheeler  and  its  motor 
power  supplied  by  the  horses  of  the  emigrants.  When  the 
emigrants  reached  Galesburg,  they  made  their  first  settlement 

(125) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


in  Henderson  Grove,  a  belt  of  timber  about  seven  miles  away 
from  the  site  of  the  future  town.  Here  they  built  log  houses 
and  passed  the  first  winter.  Meantime  they  were  laying  out 
a  site  for  the  new  town,  which  contained  a  liberal  space  for  a 
school,  an  academy  and  a  church.  A  stringent  prohibition 
clause  was  inserted  in  all  deeds  of  land  forbidding  the  sale  of 
'  intoxicating  liquors  on  the  premises,  and  providing  a  penalty 
of  confiscation  of  the  land  if  this  rule  was  broken.  In  the  plat 
of  the  new  village  every  other  lot  was  set  aside  to  be  sold  to 
create  a  fund  for  the  establishment  of  the  new  college.  An 
academy  was  first  started  and  afterwards  a  college,  which  in 
1854  was  in  successful  operation  and  had  already  graduated 
a  number  of  students.  We  reached  Galesburg,  by  railroad 
from  Chicago  to  Altona  and  thence  20  miles  by  stage,  about 
midnight  November  25,  1854.  The  railroad  known  as  the 
Central  Military  Tract  Eoad  was  extended  to  Galesburg  in 
the  following  January;  the  Peoria  and  Oquawka  Eoad  was 
completed  from  Burlington  a  few  months  later  and  another 
branch  was  soon  built  from  Galesburg  to  Quincy,  being  known 
as  the  Northern  Cross  Eailroad.  These  lines  when  consoli- 
dated were  known  as  the  Chicago,  Burlington  and  Quincy 
Eailway,  which  afterwards  had  a  very  prosperous  career.  We 
took  possession  of  our  new  house  almost  immediately  and  lived 
there  for  the  next  11  years.  The  town  had  all  the  features  of 
a  pioneer  towTi  as  far  as  comforts  of  living  were  concerned. 
The  streets  were  unpaved  and  there  were  no  sidewalks.  The 
roadway  ran  through  a  black  loam  soil  of  unexampled  depth 
and  fertility  which  in  the  winter  season  rendered  the  streets 
almost  impassable.  I  have  known  a  wagon  drawn  by  two 
sturdy  horses  to  stick  in  the  mud  in  the  principal  street  of  the 
town.    For  weeks  at  a  time  it  was  often  necessary  for  all  travel 

(126) 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


to  be  on  horseback  because  the  streets  could  not  be  traversed 
by  vehicles. 

The  community  was  a  highly  cultivated  one,  full  of  anti- 
slavery  enthusiasts  and  much  devoted  to  every  good  cause. 
It  was  regarded  as  a  station  on  the  "  underground  railroad  ^' 
and  many  an  escaping  fugitive  slave  was  concealed  there  and 
conveyed  quietly  and  secretly  to  Canada.  It  was  known  all 
along  the  Missouri  border,  75  or  80  miles  away,  as  a  "  nigger- 
stealing  "  town  and  many  of  the  people  rejoiced  in  the  epithet. 
The  college  had  two  large  buildings  of  brick  with  students' 
rooms  in  one-story  wings  in  the  rear.  The  college  classes  were 
small  and  the  curriculum  was  the  good  old-fashioned  curricu- 
lum of  the  New  England  College.  The  faculty  had  a  president 
who  taught  philosophy,  a  professor  of  mathematics  and  astron- 
omy, another  of  Greek  and  Latin  and  another  of  chemistry  and 
the  natural  sciences.  There  was  also  a  principal  of  the 
academy  and  a  principal  of  a  female  seminary  which  was  really 
a  co-ordinate  part  of  the  school  with  a  three  years'  course  of 
study  for  graduation  and  degrees  similar  to  the  degrees  given 
to  the  men.  There  was,  however,  no  co-education  except  in 
the  academy.  I  was  sent  to  the  academy  where  I  had  the  ad- 
vantage of  excellent  teachers.  At  the  age  of  14  years  I  had 
advanced  so  far  in  my  studies  that  in  1858  I  entered  Knox 
College  where  I  spent  the  next  two  years.  When  I  had  com- 
pleted two  years  of  the  required  college  course,  an  unfortunate 
change  occurred  in  the  management  of  the  school  by  reason 
of  the  rivalry  of  two  religious  denominations  for  its  control. 
Feeling  ran  high  upon  both  sides  of  the  controversy,  and  partly 
from  this  cause  and  partly  from  health  considerations  I  re- 
mained at  home  for  a  year,  and  improved  the  opportunity 
offered  by  my  freedom  from  study  to  teach  a  country  school. 

(127) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


The  experience  was  valuable  but  somewhat  severe,  largely 
because  of  the  hardships  of  country  life. 

Meantime  the  Civil  War  had  broken  out,  the  whole  com- 
munity was  in  a  ferment,  and  great  excitement  prevailed.  I 
can  never  forget  the  general  surprise  at  the  failure  of  all 
attempts  at  settling  the  controversy  as  to  the  right  of  secession 
and  the  firing  upon  Fort  Sumter,  nor  the  call  to  arms  which 
came  to  every  community.  The  catastrophe  at  Bull  Eun  to 
the  Federal  Army  sent  a  thrill  of  despair  throughout  the  whole 
N'orth  and  many  of  my  former  fellow  students  rushed  to  the 
colors,  many  of  whom,  alas !  never  returned. 

In  the  autumn  of  1861  I  went  to  the  University  of  Michigan 
at  Ann  Arbor  and  entered  the  junior  class,  graduating  in  1863. 
I  have  never  regretted  the  change  from  Knox  College.  It 
gave  me  a  wider  acquaintance  and  contact  with  a  large  number 
of  students  drawn  from  many  states.  The  instruction  was 
probably  no  better  than  at  Knox  College,  but  it  was  on  a  larger 
scale  and  afforded  more  stimulation  from  teachers  and  fellow 
students.  Greek  and  Latin  were  taught  by  experts,  not 
"  gerund-grinders,"  but  men  who  had  a  feeling  for  the  liter- 
ature of  Greece  and  Eome.  The  same  was  true  of  French  and 
German.  The  most  stimulating  influence,  however,  came  from 
President  Tappan  in .  Philosophy,  Andrew  D.  White,  later 
president  of  Cornell  University,  in  History,  James  E.  Boise 
in  Greek  and  H.  S.  Frieze  in  Latin.  I  can  never  forget  my 
indebtedness  to  these  men.  I  graduated  in  1863  in  a  class 
sadly  depleted  by  the  Civil  War. 

After  an  imperfect  course  of  instruction,  consisting  of 
reading  medicine  in  an  office  under  a  preceptor  and  two  courses 
of  medical  lectures,  one  at  Eush  Medical  College,  Chicago, 
and  another  at  the  University  of  Michigan,  I  graduated  in 

(128) 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


March,  18G6,  and  became  a  doctor  of  medicine.  Afterwards  I 
went  to  Philadelphia  to  answer  a  call  to  enter  the  United  States 
Navy  as  a  medical  officer,  but  was  rejected  on  the  ground  of 
insufficient  health  and  vigor  to  endure  the  hardships  of  naval 
duty.  I  was  kindly  but  uncompromisingly  informed  by 
Surgeon  Folz,  the  chief  of  the  Board  of  Examiners,  that  it 
was  the  unanimous  opinion  of  the  board  that  if  I  were  ac- 
cepted for  duty  "  there  would  be  a  pension  on  the  rolls  of  the 
department  within  12  months  " — ^not  wholly  an  encouraging 
statement!  I  now  recognize  that  this  unkind  verdict  was 
probably  one  of  the  best  pieces  of  good  fortune  I  ever  had. 

The  period  between  1855  and  the  beginning  of  the  Civil 
War  in  1861  was  one  of  general  public  interest  in  moral  and 
social  questions.  The  extension  of  slavery  had  become  a  vital 
question  because  of  the  repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise  of 
1820,  principally  effected  through  the  eiforts  of  Senator 
Douglas  of  Illinois,  which  had  thrown  open  Kansas,  Nebraska 
and  the  territories  north  and  west  of  them  to  the  extension  of 
negro  slavery  hitherto  prohibited.  There  was  great  excite- 
ment and  opposition  to  slavery  in  the  North  which  culminated 
in  the  organization  of  the  so-called  Eepublican  party,  composed 
of  out-and-out  anti-slavery  men  and  more  conservative  Whigs. 
In  Illinois  the  feeling  was  hot  upon  both  sides  of  the  question, 
the  northern  portion  of  the  state  having  been  settled  by 
emigrants  from  New  England  and  the  Middle  States,  and 
the  southern  having  received  settlers  from  Kentucky,  Ten- 
nessee, Missouri,  and  Virginia,  states  in  which  the  institu- 
tion of  negro  slavery  existed.  The  new  political  party  had 
secured  the  election  of  representatives  in  Congress  very  gener- 
ally in  the  North  and  the  political  parties  in  the  House  of 
Representatives  and  Senate  were  nearly  equally  divided.    As 

(129) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


a  result  of  this  political  excitement  in  the  year  1858  a  novel 
contest  between  two  candidates  for  the  United  States  Senate 
was  inaugurated  in  Illinois.  The  Democratic  State  Conven- 
tion had  nominated  as  the  candidate  of  the  party  for  election 
as  United  States  Senator,  Stephen  A.  Douglas,  while  the  Ee- 
publican  Convention  had  nominated  Abraham  Lincoln.  These 
men  already  chosen  by  their  respective  parties  as  candidates 
for  the  senatorship  were  to  be  elected  not  by  popular  vote,  but 
by  representatives  and  senators  in  the  state  legislature  of 
Illinois  meeting  in  joint  session.  For  this  reason  great  excite- 
ment in  reference  to  the  election  existed  throughout  the  whole 
state,  as  it  depended  upon  the  votes  of  individual  representa- 
tives elected  in  the  different  counties  and  election  districts. 
An  active  campaign  therefore  began  in  the  early  summer  and 
lasted  until  N'ovember.  Both  candidates  took  the  stump  and 
made  speeches  generally  at  conventions  or  in  county  seats  or 
at  mass  meetings  of  the  two  parties.  As  a  boy  of  15  I  fre- 
quently heard  Judge  Douglas  speak  in  the  open  air  to  members 
of  his  party  and  I  met  Abraham  Lincoln  upon  railroad  trains 
and  at  stations  or  hotels.  The  two  candidates  for  the  United 
States  Senate  early  arranged  for  seven  joint  debates  on  the 
issues  of  the  campaign.  One  of  these  was  held  at  Galesburg 
on  October  7,  1858,  where  I  saw  and  heard  both  of  these  strong 
men  pitted  against  each  other  on  this  occasion.  It  was 
a  bright,  clear,  cold  October  day  which  had  followed  a  period 
of  warm  weather  and  rain.  The  streets  were  gaily  decorated 
with  the  banners  of  both  parties  and  there  were  processions 
and  demonstrations  in  abundance  in  the  morning  hours. 
Owing  to  a  severe  north  wind  it  was  impossible  to  have 
the  speeches  in  a  large  tent  which  had  been  prepared  and  con- 
sequently the  crowd  gathered  in  the  shelter  of  a  large  college 

(130) 


Charles  Hurd,         \ 
and  Henry  M.  Hurd 
aged  27,  April,  1870. 

Galesburg,  111. 


Henry  M.  Hurd, 

aged  31,  in  1874. 

Chicago,  111. 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


building  and  was  closely  packed  together  to  the  number  of 
15,000  or  20,000  persons.  The  opening  speech  was  made  by 
Stephen  A.  Douglas  and  occupied  an  hour.  His  voice  was 
unusually  well  suited  for  public  speaking.  He  was  a  short, 
thick-set  man  of  great  energy  and  force  of  character  who  was 
extremely  popular  with  his  party  and  was  able  to  play  upon 
their  emotions  and  prejudices  to  a  remarkable  degree.  His 
speech  was  largely  a  defense  of  his  course  in  advocating  the 
repeal  of  the  Missouri  Compromise  and  a  vindication  of  his 
doctrine  of  "  Squatter  Sovereignty  '^  by  which  every  state  was 
to  be  free  to  settle  whether  or  not  slavery  should  be  extended  to 
it  or  rejected.  >  He  strongly  denounced  his  opponent  and  the 
party  which  he  represented  because  it  was  a  sectional  party 
with  its  members  almost  wholly  in  the  northern  states  and  not 
like  his  own  party  represented  in  every  portion  of  the  Union. 
He  further  made  the  charge  that  his  opponent,  Abraham 
Lincoln,  had  prepared  for  presentation,  at  a  meeting  in  the 
northern  portion  of  the  state,  a  series  of  resolutions  denounc- 
ing slavery  and  favoring  the  dissolution  of  the  Union  rather 
than  a  condition  half-slave  and  half-free  throughout  the 
United  States.  Douglas'  speech  was  received  with  great 
enthusiasm  by  his  party.  Throughout  his  address  Mr.  Lincoln 
sat  upon  the  stage  wrapped  in  an  old-fashioned  woolen  shawl 
and  was  apparently  unmoved  by  the  denunciations  of  his 
opponent.  When  he  arose  to  speak  his  unusual  height  and  the 
slendemess  of  his  figure  attracted  universal  attention.  He 
stood  head  and  shoulders  above  all  others  about  him  and  his 
head  appeared  quite  too  small  for  the  height  of  his  body.  His 
voice,  although  clear  and  penetrating,  did  not  possess  the 
oratorical  qualities  of  his  opponent,  but  it  was  easily  heard  by 
the  vast  audience  and  seemed  admirably  adapted  for  clear, 

(131) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


convincing  argument  rather  than  for  denunciation  and  vitu- 
peration. He  began  by  saying  pleasantly  that  he  did  not 
intend  to  reply  at  length  to  his  opponent's  charge  as  to  the 
resolutions  passed  in  a  distant  part  of  the  state,  because  he  had 
already  explained  on  two  occasions  that  he  was  not  in  that 
part  of  the  state  at  the  time,  that  he  had  not  prepared  the 
resolutions,  and  that  he  knew  nothing  about  them.  He  made 
this  explanation,  he  said,  to  show  why  he  did  not  devote  him- 
self more  to  the  matter,  but  wished  to  conserve  his  time  so  that 
he  might  press  his  own  argument.  He  stated,  however,  that  he 
did  not  blame  Judge  Douglas  for  presenting  his  charge 
against  him  for  the  third  time,  as  he  believed  it  to  be  good  cam- 
paign material  on  the  Judge's  part.  The  Judge  in  this  matter 
reminded  him  of  the  fisherman's  wife  whose  husband  was 
brought  home  drowned.  After  examining  his  pockets  and 
finding  that  they  contained  several  eels  she  said,  "  Oh !  my 
poor  husband  is  dead,  take  out  the  eels  and  set  him  again." 
This  was  followed  by  a  roar  of  laughter  from  the  audience  and 
it  was  evident  to  all  that  Senator  Douglas'  charges  had  been 
sufficiently  answered. 

Mr.  Lincoln  spoke  for  an  hour  and  a  half  and  was  followed 
by  Senator  Douglas  in  a  summing  up  of  half  an  hour.  The 
proceedings  excited  much  interest  in  both  parties  and  there 
was  much  enthusiasm  and  general  good  feeling  among  all  who 
gathered  to  hear  them.  The  speeches  were  subsequently 
gathered  into  a  volume  and  circulated  by  the  friends  of 
Abraham  Lincoln  as  campaign  material,  a  fact  that  would 
seem  to  indicate  that  they  put  a  greater  value  upon  his 
utterances  than  their  opponents  did  upon  those  of  Senator 
Douglas.  When  the  election  occurred  in  November  the 
party  of  Senator  Douglas  secured  a  majority  of  the  members 

(132) 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


of  the  House  of  Delegates  and  the  State  Senate,  and  Senator 
Douglas  was  reelected. 

No  person  unfamiliar  with  the  extraordinary  political  ex- 
citement preceding  the  Civil  War  can  have  any  conception  of 
the  amount  of  oratory  which  was  heard  throughout  the  state 
of  Illinois  during  the  next  four  years.  It  was  my  privilege 
to  listen  to  many  speeches  from  able  and  eloquent  men,  such 
men  as  Judge  Trumbull,  John  Wentworth,  Owen  Lovejoy, 
Emory  Storrs,  Eobert  Ingersoll,  Eichard  Yates  and  many 
others. 

In  Galesburg,  as  I  have  said  before,  a  strong  anti-slavery 
sentiment  existed.  Clergymen  preached  against  negro  slavery 
from  their  pulpits  and  did  not  hesitate  to  denounce  the  Demo- 
cratic party  because  it  was  thought  to  be  devoted  to  the  exten- 
sion of  slavery.  On  one  occasion  I  heard  Jonathan  Blanchard, 
a  clergyman  of  unusual  ability  as  a  public  speaker,  after  de- 
nouncing certain  practices  in  the  community  which  he  thought 
to  be  detrimental  to  its  welfare,  say :  "  If  this  continues  we 
shall  go  from  worse  to  worse  until  finally  even  our  very- 
children  will  become  Democrats,^^  conveying  the  impression 
that  there  could  be  no  degradation  equal  to  that. 

It  is  interesting  to  recall  how  through  what  was  known  as 
the  "  lecture  system  "  it  had  become  possible  for  people  in  re- 
mote communities  to  hear  lectures  and  addresses  from  persons 
of  more  than  usual  ability  in  politics  or  literature.  In 
almost  every  important  town,  east  and  west,  lecture  courses 
were  given  under  the  supervision  of  a  local  committee  who 
usually  were  filled  with  a  desire  to  promote  the  education  and 
welfare  of  the  public,  and  rarely  expected  to  receive  any  pecu- 
niary return  for  their  work,  but  felt  amply  repaid  by  the  liter- 
ary treat  thus  offered  to  them.    The  lecturers  had  a  hard  time 

(133) 
9 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


of  it,  as  railroad  travel  was  slow  and,  in  the  absence  of  Pullman 
cars,  very  uncomfortable.  Country  roads  were  generally  bad, 
hotels  were  poor,  and  the  lectures  were  usually  given  in 
cliurches  or  badly  ventilated  and  uncomfortable  crowded  public 
halls.  To  a  growing  boy,  however,  it  was  a  great  opportunity 
to  hear  men  who  were  in  the  public  eye  and  were  well  known 
throughout  the  country  as  political  leaders  or  literary  men.  I 
remember,  for  example,  hearing  Wendell  Phillips  lecture  upon 
^^  Lost  Arts  "  and  was  wonderfully  impressed  by  the  quiet  dig- 
nity of  the  man  and  his  eloquence  as  a  speaker.  I  also  heard  on 
many  occasions  John  B.  Gough,  the  well-known  temperance 
advocate,  whose  lectures  were  most  dramatic  and  stimulating. 
Bayard  Taylor  on  several  occasions  came  to  town  and  gave 
lectures  on  his  travels  abroad.  I  once  heard  him  lecture  on  his 
trip  to  the  North  Cape  in  the  winter  time.  Henry  Ward 
Beecher  was  also  one  of  the  lecturers  and  had  a  great  control 
over  an  audience  by  reason  of  his  eloquence  and  remarkable 
voice.  Horace  Greely  gave  a  lecture  upon  his  trip  overland  by 
stage  to  the  Pacific  Coa^t,  and  described  in  a  shrill,  unrhetor- 
ical  voice,  but  in  a  charming  narrative,  his  adventures  in  con- 
nection with  the  trip.  I  remember  also  hearing  George 
Sumner,  a  relative  of  Charles  Sumner,  deliver  an  interest- 
ing lecture  upon  his  travels  in  Spain.  Sir  Henry  Vane,  a 
noted  Englishman,  gave  a  lecture  upon  "  Cromwell  and  His 
Times."  There  were  many  others,  but  these  will  serve  to 
indicate  the  character  of  the  lectures  and  their  influence 
upon  the  social  life  of  the  community.  There  were  few  other 
entertainments  except  local  concerts  or  gatherings  of  a  relig- 
ious or  political  character.  It  is  difficult  to  overestimate  the 
influence  of  the  Lyceum  system  upon  the  growing  boy  or  the 
young  student  at  this  time.    I  often  think  that  the  discontinu- 


(134) 


SOME  RANDOM  RECOLLECTIONS 


ance  of  the  system  has  been  a  serious  loss  especially  to  new 
communities. 

Ill 

In  May,  1870,  while  living  in  Chicago,  I  received  an  invi- 
tation to  Kalamazoo,  Mich.,  to  act  as  a  medical  officer  in  the 
State  Hospital  for  the  Insane,  which  had  been  in  operation 
since  1859  under  the  charge  of  Dr.  E.  H.  Van  Deusen,  a  man 
of  great  ability  and  experience.    I  expected  to  remain  during 
the  summer  only,  but  became  so  much  interested  in  the  work 
that  I  accepted  a  permanent  appointment  and  remained  in 
Kalamazoo  eight  years.    I  was  later  given  charge  of  the  male 
department  of  the  hospital,  which  was  then  housed  in  a  new 
building  as  a  separate  institution,  and  remained  there  during 
the  final  four  years.    In  1878  I  became  assistant  superinten- 
dent of  the  hospital,  but  resigned  in  a  few  weeks  to  assume 
charge  of  the   Eastern   Michigan   Hospital  for  the  Insane 
at  Pontiac,  which  had  been  established  for  the  care  of  the 
insane  in  the  eastern  portion  of  the  state.    This  institution 
I  opened,  organized  and  conducted  for  11  years,  or  until  1889. 

In  June,  1889, 1  received  an  appointment  as  superintendent 
of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  at  Baltimore  and  assumed  the 
duties  of  this  position  August  1  of  the  same  year.  This 
position  I  held  until  August,  1911,  a  period  of  22  years.  Upon 
my  retirement  I  became  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital. 


(135) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


BIBLIOGEAPHY 

OF 

HEISTRY  MILLS  HUED,  M.  D.,  LL.  D. 

PREPAEED  BY 

MINNIE  WRIGHT  BLOGG 

LIBEAEIAN,   THE  JOHNS  HOPKINS   HOSPITAL 

1881 

Recent  judicial  decisions  in  Michigan  relative  to  insanity.  Am.  J. 
Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1880-81,  xxxvii,  23-35. 

1882 

A  plea  for  systematic  therapeutical,  clinical  and  statistical  study. 
Read  before  the  Association  of  Medical  Superintendents  of 
American  Institutions  for  the  Insane,  at  the  annual  meeting 
in  Toronto,  June,  1881.  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1881-82, 
xxxviii,  16-31. 

Practical  suggestions  relative  to  the  treatment  of  insanity.  Physi- 
cian &  Surg.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  1882,  iv,  385-399. 

1883 

Future  provision  for  the  insane  in  Michigan,    n.  p.,  1883.    9  p.    8°. 

The  treatment  of  periodic  insanity.  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y., 
1882-83,  xxxix,  174-180. 

Ducking  in  asylums.  A  refutation  (letter).  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica, 
N.  Y.,  1882-83,  xxxix,  506-507. 

The  hereditary  influence  of  alcoholic  indulgence  upon  the  produc- 
tion of  insanity.  A  paper  read  at  a  sanitary  convention  held 
at  Pontiac,  Michigan,  January  31  and  February  1,  1883.  Re- 
printed from  a  Supplement  to  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  State  Board  of  Health  of  Michigan,  for  the  year 
1883.    Physician  &  Surg.,  Ann  Arbor,  Mich.,  1883,  v,  49-57. 

1884 

The  minor  treatment  of  insane  patients;  summary.  Am.  J.  Insan., 
Utica,  N.  Y.,  1883-84,  xl,  205-209. 

(137) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


1886 
Paranoia.    Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1885-86,  xlii,  473-483. 

1887 

The  relation  of  general  paresis  and  syphilitic  insanity.  Am.  J. 
Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1886-87,  xliii,  1-18. 

The  data  of  recovery  from  insanity.  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y., 
1886-87,  xliii,  243-255. 

The  colony  system  of  Michigan.  Proc.  Nat.  Confer.  Char.,  Bost., 
1887,  xiv,  215-220. 

1888 

Gastric,  secretory  and  other  crises  in  general  paresis.  Am.  J. 
Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1887-88,  xliv,  60-65. 

The  religious  delusions  of  the  insane.    Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y., 
1887-88,  xliv,  471-487. 
Also:  Tr.  ix.  Internat.  M.  Cong.,  Wash.,  1887,  v.  253-263. 

Hurd,  H.  M.  &  Christian,  E.  A.  The  ultimate  results  in  a  case  of 
exsection  of  the  head  and  upper  third  of  the  humerus.  Ann. 
Surg.,  St.  Louis,  1888,  vii,  431-434. 

1889 

Imbecility  with  insanity.  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1888-89,  xlv, 
261-269. 

1890 

First  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
from  May  15,   1889,   to  January  31,   1890.     Bait,   1890,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    47  p.     8°. 
Also:  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait,  1889-90,  i,  77-89. 

A  case  of  inebriety  with  insanity;  with  remarks.  Am.  J.  Insan., 
Utica,  N.  Y.,  1889-90,  xlvi,  61-70. 

The  relation  of  the  Training  School  for  Nurses  to  The  Johns  Hop- 
kins Hospital.    Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait.,  1889-90,  i,  7-8. 

Periodicity  in  melancholia.  Maryland  M.  J.,  Bait.,  1890,  xxiii, 
269-270. 

Report  of  committee  on  hospitals.  Proc.  Nat.  Confer.  Char.,  Bost., 
1890,  xvii,  155-156. 

The  relation  of  the  general  hospital  to  the  medical  profession. 
Proc.  Nat.  Confer.  Char.,  Bost,  1890,  xvii,  156-162. 

(138) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


1891 


Second  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospi- 
tal for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1891.     Bait,  1891,  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    76  p.    8*. 
Also:  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait,  1891,  ii,  124-132. 

Memoir  of  Richard  Gundry,  M.  D.  Tr.  M.  &  Chir.  Fac.  Maryland", 
Bait,  1891, 178-183. 

1892 

Third  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospi- 
tal for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1892.    Bait.,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Press.     63  p.     8°. 
Also:  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait.,  1892,  iii,  97-102. 

Journal  clubs.    Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1891-92,  xlviii,  372-375. 

Post-febrile  insanity.    Maryland  M.  J.,  Bait,  1892,  xxvii,  661-666. 
Also:  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1892-93,  xlix,  26-34. 

1893 

Fourth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1893.  Bait,  1893.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.     69  p.    8' 


JO 


The  relation  of  hospitals  to  medical  education.  Boston  M.  &  S.  J., 
1893,  cxxix,  141-143. 

1894 

Fifth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1894.  Bait,  1894.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    69  p.    8°. 

Hurd,  H.  M.  &  Billings,  J.  S.,  eds.  Hospitals,  dispensaries  and 
nursing.  Papers  and  discussions  in  the  International  Con- 
gress of  Charities,  Correction  and  Philanthropy,  section  iii, 
Chicago,  June  12-17,  1893.  Bait.,  1894,  Johns  Hopkins  Press. 
733  p.    8°. 


The  relation  of  hospitals  to  medical  education. 
In:  Hospitals,  Dispensaries  and  Nursing.  .  .  .    Internat.  Cong. 
Char,  [etc.],  1893,  Bait.  &  Lond.,  1894,  98-105. 

Description  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital,  Baltimore,  Md. 
In:    Hospitals,  Dispensaries  and  Nursing.  .  .  .    Internat.  Cong. 
Char,  [etc.],  1893,  Bait  &  Lond.,  1894,  429-443. 

(139) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


George  Huntington  Williams.  The  minutes  of  a  commemorative 
meeting  held  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  University,  October  14, 
1894.    Baltimore,  13  p.    8°. 

Some  mental  disorders  of  childhood  and  youth.    Boston  M.  &  S.  J., 
1894,  cxxxi,  281-285. 
Also:    Baltimore,  1895,  Friedenwald  Co.,  16  p.  8". 

1895 

Sixth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1895.  Bait.,  1895.  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Press.    74  p.    8' 


!0 


Hurd,  H.  M.  &  Billings,  J.  S.  Suggestions  to  hospital  and  asylum 
visitors.  With  an  introduction  by  S.  Weir  Mitchell.  Phila.. 
1895,  J.  B.  Lippincott  Co.,  48  p.,  8". 


.The  alienists  of  the  past  half  century.  Proc.  Am.  Med.  Psychol. 
Ass.,  1894,  Utica,  N.  Y.,  1895,  i,  167-171. 

1896 

Seventh  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1896.  Bait.,  1896.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    66  p.    8°. 

The  new  McLean  Hospital.  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Chicago,  1895-6,  lii,  477- 
502. 

Laboratories  and  hospital  work.  Bull.  Am.  Acad.  M.,  Easton,  Pa., 
1895-6,  ii,  483-495. 

Paranoia.    Maryland  M.  J.,  Bait.,  1896,  xxxv,  1-4. 
Also:  [Abst.]  Virginia  M.  Semi-Month.,  Richmond,  1896-7,  i,  263. 

1897 

Eighth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1897.  Bait.,  1897.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    88  p.     8°. 

Hospital  organization  and  management.  Address  before  the  Train- 
ing School  for  Nurses  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
February  17, 1897.    Univ.  M.  Mag.,  Phila.,  1896-7,  ix,  488-500. 

Hurd,  H.  M.,  Burr,  C.  B.  &  V/ise,  P.  M.  Report  of  the  committee  on 
statistical  tables,  to  the  American  Medico-Psychological  Asso- 
ciation.   Am.  J.  Insan.,  Chicago,  1896-7,  liii,  105-116. 

(140) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Hurd,  H.  M.  &  Chapin,  J.  B.  Report  on  the  hospitals  of  the  District 
of  Columbia.  To  the  Joint  Select  Committee  to  investigate 
the  charities  and  reformatory  institutions  in  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Washington,  1897. 

1898 

Ninth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital 
for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1898.  Bait,,  1898.  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Press.    91  p.    8* 


!o 


The  medical  service  of  hospitals.  Albany  M.  Ann.,  1898,  xix,  137- 
142. 

The  non-medical  treatment  of  epilepsy.      (Proc.  Johns  Hopkins 
Hosp.  Med.  Soc,  November  7,  1898).     Johns  Hopkins  Hosp. 
Bull.,  Bait.,  1898,  ix,  296-297. 
Also:  Maryland  M.  J.,  Bait,  1898-9,  xl,  53. 

1899 

Tenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1899.  Bait.,  1899.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    92  p.    8°. 

Post-operative  insanities  and  undetected  tendencies  to  mental 
disease.    Am.  J.  Obst,  N.  Y.,  1899,  xxxix,  331-335. 

Presidential  address.  The  teaching  of  psychiatry.  Delivered  at 
the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Medico-Psychological 
Association  at  New  York,  May  23,  1899.  Proc.  Am.  Med. 
Psychol.,  Ass.,  1899,  vi,  79-92. 

Also:  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait,  1899,  x,  205-209. 

Also:  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Bait,  1899-1900,  Ivi,  217-230. 

1900 

Eleventh  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1900.  Bait,  1900.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.     114  p.     8°. 

Memorial  addresses  in  honor  of  William  Whitney  Godding,  M.  D., 
LL.  D.  Delivered  before  the  Medical  Society  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  June  7,  1899.  Nat  M.  Rev.,  Wash.,  1899-1900,  ix, 
374-377. 

Hospitals,  dispensaries  and  nursing.  (American  philanthropy  of 
the  nineteenth  century).  Char.  Rev.,  N.  Y.,  1900,  x,  298-305; 
317-331, 

Hospital  construction  from  a  medical  standpoint.  Brickbuilder, 
Bost.,  1900,  ix,  248. 

(141) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


1901 

Twelfth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1901.  Bait.,  1901.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.     114  p.    8°. 

Reception  hospitals  for  cases  of  acute  insanity.  Bull.  Iowa  Inst., 
Des  Moines,  1901,  iii,  38-40. 

1902 

Thirteenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1902.  Bait.,  1902. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.    118  p.    8' 


!0 


The  educated  nurse  and  her  future  work.  Address  delivered  at 
the  graduating  exercises  of  the  Training  School  of  the  Gar- 
field Hospital,  Washington,  D.  C;  and  similarly  at  the  Train- 
ing School  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Hospital,  Brooklyn, 
N.  Y.    Baltimore  [1902],  Friedenwald  Co.,  14  p.  8°. 

Psychiatry  in  the  twentieth  century.  Address  at  the  formal  open- 
ing of  the  new  hospital  building  at  Morris  Plains,  New  Jersey, 
November  20,  1901.    Albany  M.  Ann.,  1902,  xxiii,  125-136. 

1903 

Fourteenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1903.  Bait.,  1903. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.    110  p.    8°. 

The  future  policy  of  Maryland  in  the  care  of  her  insane.  Maryland 
M.  J.,  Bait.,  1903,  xlvi,  45-54. 

The  duty  and  responsibility  of  the  University  in  medical  education. 
Science,  N.  Y.  &  Lancaster,  Pa.,  1903,  n.  s.,  xviii,  65-76. 
Also:  Yale  M.  J.,  1903-4,  x,  1-17. 

1904 

Fifteenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1904.  Bait.,  1904. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.    130  p.    8°. 

Is  nursing  a  profession?    Albany  M.  Ann.,  1904,  xxv,  625-637. 

1905 

Sixteenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hos- 
pital for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1905.  Bait,  1905.  The 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    133  p.    8' 


JO 


(142) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

John  Howard's  observations  on  hospitals  (1773-1790).   (Proc.  Johns 
Hopkins  Hosp.  Med.  Soc,  October  23,  1905).    Johns  Hopkins 
Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait.,  1905,  xvi,  412-413. 
Also:  Tr.  Ass.  Hosp.  Superintend.,  1905,  vii,  157-166. 

Response  to  Dr.  Cheever's  "  Address  of  welcome."  Tr.  Ass.  Hosp. 
Superintend.,  1905,  vii,  50-52. 

1906 

Seventeenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1906.  Bait.,  1906. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.     125  p.     8°. 

Shall  training  schools  for  nurses  be  endowed?  An  address  de- 
livered before  the  Training  School  for  Nurses  of  Lakeside  Hos- 
pital, Cleveland,  May  11,  1906.  Am.  J.  Nursing,  Phila.,  1905-6, 
vi,  843-853. 

Also:  Nat.  Hosp.  Rec,  Detroit,  1906,  x,  18-23. 

Also:  Brit.  J.  Nursing  [etc.],  Lond.,  1906,  xxxvii,  225-227. 

The  medical  organization  of  general  hospitals.    Tr.  Am.  Hosp.  Ass., 
1906,  viii,  72-83. 
Also:  Nat.  Hosp.  Rec,  Detroit,  1906,  x,  14-16. 

1908 

Nineteenth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1908.  The  Johns 
Hopkins  Press.    123  p.    8°. 

The  proper  length  of  the  period  of  training  for  nurses.  Am.  J. 
Nursing,  Phila.,  1908,  viii,  671-683. 

How  can  psychiatry  assist  preventive  medicine?  (Editorial). 
Am.  J.  Pub.  Hyg.,  Boston,  1908,  xviii,  273-278. 

Psychiatry  as  a  part  of  preventive  medicine.     Proc.  Am.  Med.- 
Psychol.  Ass.,  Bait.,  1908,  xv,  157-164. 
Also:  Am.  J.  Insan.,  Bait.,  1908-9,  ixv,  17-24. 
Also:  N.  Albany  M.  Herald,  1910,  xxviii,  104-108. 

In  memoriam,  Daniel  Coit  Oilman,  1831-1908.  Address.  Johns 
Hopkins  Univ.  Circ,  Bait.,  1908,  xxvii,  20-23. 

1909 

Twentieth  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1909.  Bait.,  1909. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.    123  p.    8°. 

State  registration  and  the  education  of  nurses  in  the  United  States. 
Nursing  Mirror,  Lond.,  1908-9,  n.  s.,  viii,  37-38;  53. 

(143) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


In  memoriam,  William  Keith  Brooks,  1848-1908.  Address.  Johns 
Hopkins  Univ.  Circ,  Bait.,  1909,  xxviii,  6-9. 

1910 

Twenty-first  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1910.  Bait.,  1910. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.    123  p.    8°. 

Co-operation  among  hospitals.  A  paper  presented  to  the  Pitts- 
burgh Health  Conference,  November  30,  1910,  as  a  part  of 
a  symposium  on  "  Co-operation." 

Memorial  services  for  Isabel  Hampton  Robb,  who  died  April  15, 
1910,  at  Cleveland,  Ohio.  Remarks.  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp. 
Bull.,  Bait.,  1910,  xxi,  251-252. 

Florence  Nightingale — a  force  in  medicine.  Address  at  the  gradu- 
ating exercises  of  the  Nurses  Training  School  of  the  Johns 
Hopkins  Hospital,  May  19,  1910.  Johns  Hopkins  Nurses 
Alumnse  Mag.,  Bait,  1910,  ix,  68-81. 

1911 

Twenty-second  report  of  the  superintendent  of  The  Johns  Hopkins 
Hospital  for  the  year  ending  January  31,  1911.  Bait,  1911. 
The  Johns  Hopkins  Press.    109  p.    8°. 

The  medical  service  of  a  hospital.  In:  Hospital  management,  a 
handbook  for  hospital  trustees,  superintendents  [etc.] 
(Aikens),  Phila.  &  Lond.,  1911,  97-107. 

A  history  of  institutional  care  of  the  insane  in  the  United  States 

and  Canada.    Am.  J.  Insan.,  Bait,  1910-11,  Ixvii,  587-592. 

Also:  Proc.  Am.  Med.-Psychol.  Ass.,  Bait,  1910,  xvii,  483-488. 

The  site  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  A  paper  presented  to  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Historical  Club  and  repeated  to  the  Teresians 
in  December,  1910.  Johns  Hopkins  Nurses  Alumnse  Mag., 
Bait,  1911,  X,  5-20. 

The  proper  relation  of  the  superintendent  to  the  trustees  of  a 
hospital.    Tr.  Am.  Hosp.  Ass.,  1910,  Toronto,  1911,  xii,  244-248. 


1912 

The  proper  division  of  the  services  of  the  hospital.  Read  in  the 
symposium  on  the  relations  of  the  hospital  to  the  public  in  the 
section  on  hospitals  of  the  American  Medical  Association,  at 
the  sixty-third  annual  session,  held  at  Atlantic  City,  June, 
1912.    J.  Am.  M.  Ass.,  Chicago,  1912,  lix,  1677-1679. 

(144) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 


[Hospital    problems.]      Presidential    address    at    the    fourteenth 
annual  conference  of  the  American  Hospital  Association.    In- 
ternat.  Hosp.  Rec,  Detroit,  1912,  xvi,  9-11. 
Also:  Tr.  Ass.  Hosp.  Superintend.,  1912,  xiv,  83-93. 

Meeting  in  behalf  of  the  Isabel  Hampton  Robb  Memorial  Fund. 
Remarks.  Johns  Hopkins  Nurses  Alumnae  Mag.,  Bait.,  1912, 
xi,  16-19. 

1913 

Three-quarters  of  a  century  of  institutional  care  of  the  insane  in 
the  United  States.    Am.  J.  Insan.,  Bait.,  1912-13,  Ixix,  469-481. 

Extracts  from  the  laws  of  Maryland  and  Virginia  regarding  the 
early  care  of  the  insane.  Bull.  Med.  &  Chir.  Fac.  Maryland, 
Bait,  1912-13,  V,  85-88. 

Early  days  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  and  Medical  School. 
Johns  Hopkins  Alumni  Mag.,  Bait.,  1912-13,  i,  105-114. 

The  hospital  as  a  factor  in  modern  society.  (Editorial).  Mod. 
Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1913,  i,  33. 

Hospitals  and  the  reform  of  medical  teaching.  (Editorial).  Mod. 
Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1913,  i,  182-183. 

Review  of  "A  History  of  Nursing."  Johns  Hopkins  Nurses 
Alumna  Mag.,  Bait.,  1913,  xii,  91-94. 

1914 

Hospital  medical  statistics.  (Editorial).  Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis, 
1914,  ii,  44-45. 

The  small  hospital  a  factor  in  medical  education.  (Editorial). 
Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1914,  ii,  104-105. 

Mental  cases  in  general  hospitals.  (Editorial).  Mod.  Hosp.,  St. 
Louis,  1914,  ii,  172. 

The  human  side  of  Florence  Nightingale.  (Editorial).  Mod.  Hosp., 
St.  Louis,  1914,  ii,  364. 

State  registration  of  nurses.  Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1914,  iii,  107; 
137. 

Dr.  Rupert  Norton.  (Editorial).  Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1914,  iii, 
108-109. 

Some  of  the  writings  of  the  late  Eugene  Fauntleroy  Cordell.  Bull. 
Med.  &  Chir.  Fac.  Maryland,  Bait,  1913-14,  vi,  115-119. 

Relation  of  the  general  hospital  to  the  training  school  for  nurse©. 
Boston  M.  &  S.  J.,  1914,  clxx,  333-337. 

(145) 


HENRY  MILLS  HURD 


Twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.     1889- 

1914.  Address.    Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait.,  1914,  xxv, 
355-359. 

Presentation  of  tablets,  portrait  and  medallion  at  the  Hospital 
October  7,  1914.  Remarks.  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital  Bull., 
Bait.,  1914,  xxv,  368-369. 

Kurd,  H.  M.,  McCaw,  W.  D.  [et  aZ.]  Johns  Hopkins  Historical 
Club.  Special  meeting,  May  26,  1913,  in  memory  of  Dr.  John 
Shaw  Billings.  Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait.,  1914.,  xxv, 
244-253. 

1915 

Hospital  organization  and  management.  Ref.  Handb.  Med.  Sc, 
N.  Y.,  3d  ed.,  1915,  v,  299-311. 

The  treatment  of  mental  cases  in  general  hospitals.  (Editorial). 
Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1915,  iv,  34-35. 

The  general  government  of  state  hospitals.    Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis, 

1915,  iv,  244-245. 

Organization  and  administration  of  hospitals  for  the  insane.  (Edi- 
torial).    Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1915,  iv,  258. 

Ought  training  schools  for  nurses  to  be  endowed?  (Editorial). 
Johns  Hopkins  Nurses  Alumnae  Mag.,  Bait,  1915,  xiv,  2-3. 

The  early  years  of  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  Johns  Hopkins 
Nurses  Alumnse  Mag.,  Bait,  1915,  xiv,  76-89. 

Forty-five  years  ago  and  now.  An  address  before  the  Training 
School  for  Nurses  at  the  Sheppard  and  Enoch  Pratt  Hospital, 
May  19,  1915.  Johns  Hopkins  Nurses  Alumnas  Mag.,  Bait, 
1915,  xiv,  256-264. 

The  care  of  cases  of  mental  disease  in  general  hospitals.  Tr.  Am. 
Hosp.  Ass.,  1915,  xvii,  455-462. 
Also:  Mod.  Hosp.,  St  Louis,  1915,  v,  33-35. 

1916 

Hurd,  H.  M.,  Drewry,  W.  F.  [et  al.]  The  institutional  care  of  the 
insane  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  3  v.,  Bait.,  1916,  Johns 
Hopkins  Press.    S°. 


Nathan  Smith,  Nathan  R.  Smith,  and  Alan  P.  Smith — a  medical 
family.    Maryland  M.  J.,  Bait,  1916,  lix,  56-59. 
Also:    Bull.  Med.   &  Chir.   Fac.   Maryland,  Bait,   1915-16,  viii, 
157-163. 

(146) 


BIBLIOGRAPHY 

Address  on  the  occasion  of  the  opening  of  the  John  Hubner  Psy- 
chopathic Building  at  Springfield  State  Hospital,  on  June  9, 
1915.    Maryland  Psychiat.  Q.,  Bait,  1915-16,  v.,  29-32. 

Need  of  segregation  of  imbecile  women.  Maryland  Psychiat.  Q., 
Bait.,  1915-16,  V,  64-67. 

Report  of  committee  on  a  history  of  "The  Institutional  Care  of 
the  Insane  in  the  United  States  and  Canada."  Am.  J.  Insan., 
Utica,  N.  Y.,  1915-16,  ixxii,  176-177. 

Some  sources  of  friction  in  the  management  of  hospitals.  (Edi- 
torial).   Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1916,  vi,  30-31. 

Another  source  of  friction  in  hospital  administration.  (Editorial). 
Mod.  Hosp.,  St.  Louis,  1916,  vi,  112. 

Who  shall  manage  the  training  school  for  nurses?  Mod.  Hosp., 
St.  Louis,  1916,  vi,  114-115. 

Advantages  of  the  budget  system.  (Editorial).  Mod.  Hosp.,  St. 
Louis,  1916,  vi,  186. 

1917 

Hurd,  H.  M.,  Drewry,  W.  F.  [et  ah]  The  institutional  care  of  the 
insane  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  Vol.  Iv,  Bait.,  1917, 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.    652  p.,  8°. 

Johns  Hopkins  and  some  of  his  contemporaries.  Johns  Hopkins 
Hosp.  Bull.,  Bait,  1917,  xxviii,  225-229. 

State  hospitals  and  agricultural  preparedness.  (Editorial).  Mod. 
Hosp.,  St  Louis,  1917,  ix,  24. 

Burket,  W.  C.  Bibliography  of  William  H.  Welch,  M.  D.,  LL.  D. 
With  foreword  by  Henry  M.  Hurd.  Bait.,  1917,  Johns  Hopkins 
Press.    47  p.,  4°. 

1919 

A  sketch  of  Dr.  Lyman  Spalding.     Johns  Hopkins  Hosp.  Bull., 
Bait,  1919,  xxx,  125-129. 
Also:  Bull.  Med.  Library  Ass.,  Bait.,  1918-19,  viii,  29-38. 

Some  early  reminiscences  of  William  Osier.  J.  H.  Hosp.  Bull., 
1919,  213. 

Sir  William  Osier  and  The  Johns  Hopkins  Hospital.  Contributions 
to  Medical  and  Biological  Research.  Dedicated  to  Sir  William 
Osier,  Bart.,  M.  D.,  F.  R.  S.  in  honor  of  his  seventieth  birth- 
day, July  12,  1919.    By  his  pupils  and  co-workers.  Vol.  2. 


'•■■■•       (147)"'     ' 

*  *«JA1  t         »  »»  »J*         •»,»  •  »•» 

»»»»»■•  >»  *  •*«  ,'  »  ♦ 


*     > 


co^  ■ 


■r     ^   T-^  IT' 


NTV 


xr-ncTrpT 


DATE  DUE 

i 

GAYLORD 

PRINTED  IN  U.SA 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY  LIBRARIES 


0061921602 


<^2V\^^^ 


O 


Cull©^ 


"'  .,-.,r  VA  T  Is  Hurd 


'5>^H^^2. 


e. 


